WO2011140161A1 - Benzofuranyl analogues as gpr119 modulators - Google Patents

Benzofuranyl analogues as gpr119 modulators Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011140161A1
WO2011140161A1 PCT/US2011/035087 US2011035087W WO2011140161A1 WO 2011140161 A1 WO2011140161 A1 WO 2011140161A1 US 2011035087 W US2011035087 W US 2011035087W WO 2011140161 A1 WO2011140161 A1 WO 2011140161A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
halo
heteroatoms selected
alkyloxy
aryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2011/035087
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Xiang-Yang Ye
Dean A. Wacker
Jeffrey A. Robl
Original Assignee
Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company filed Critical Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
Priority to EP11720257.2A priority Critical patent/EP2566862B1/en
Priority to US13/696,131 priority patent/US8729084B2/en
Publication of WO2011140161A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011140161A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/48—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones
    • A61P5/50—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones for increasing or potentiating the activity of insulin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives

Definitions

  • the present invention provides novel benzofuranyl compounds, and analogues, which are modulators of the GPR1 19 G protein-coupled receptor, compositions containing them, and methods of using them, for example, for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases or disorders associated with the activity of the GPR119 G protein-coupled receptor, e.g., diabetes and obesity.
  • Diabetes mellitus is a serious disease afflicting over 100 million people worldwide. In the United States, there are more than 12 million diabetics, with 600,000 new cases diagnosed each year. Diabetes mellitus is a diagnostic term for a group of disorders characterized by abnormal glucose homeostasis resulting in elevated blood sugar. There are many types of diabetes, but the two most common are Type 1 (also referred to as insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus or IDDM) and Type 2 (also referred to as non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus or NIDDM).
  • IDDM insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus
  • NIDDM non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus
  • Diabetes is a syndrome with interrelated metabolic, vascular, and neuropathic components.
  • the metabolic syndrome generally characterized by hyperglycemia, comprises alterations in carbohydrate, fat and protein metabolism caused by absent or markedly reduced insulin secretion and/or ineffective insulin action.
  • the vascular syndrome consists of abnormalities in the blood vessels leading to cardiovascular, retinal and renal complications. Abnormalities in the peripheral and autonomic nervous systems are also part of the diabetic syndrome.
  • Kidney disease also called nephropathy
  • Diabetes occurs when the kidney's "filter mechanism” is damaged and protein leaks into urine in excessive amounts and eventually the kidney fails. Diabetes is also a leading cause of damage to the retina at the back of the eye and increases risk of cataracts and glaucoma.
  • diabetes is associated with nerve damage, especially in the legs and feet, which interferes with the ability to sense pain and contributes to serious infections. Taken together, diabetes complications are one of the nation's leading causes of death.
  • Obesity which is the result of an imbalance between caloric intake and energy expenditure, is highly correlated with insulin resistance and diabetes in experimental animals and human.
  • the molecular mechanisms that are involved in obesity-diabetes syndromes are not clear.
  • increased insulin secretion balances insulin resistance and protects patients from hyperglycemia (Le Stunff et al, Diabetes, 43 :696-702 (1989)).
  • ⁇ -cell function deteriorates and non-insulin-dependent diabetes develops in about 20% of the obese population (Pederson, P., Diab. Metab. Rev., 5:505-509 (1989)) and (Brancati, F.L. et al, Arch. Intern.
  • Type 2 diabetes results from the progressive loss of pancreatic ⁇ -cell function in the presence of insulin resistance, leading to an overall reduction in insulin output (Prentki, M. et al, "Islet failure in type 2 diabetes", J. Clin. Invest., 116: 1802-1812 (2006)).
  • ⁇ -cells are the cell type that store and release insulin in response to an elevation in plasma glucose or in response to hormonal signals from the gut following the ingestion of food.
  • apoptosis the rate of ⁇ -cell cell death (apoptosis) exceeds that of new ⁇ -cell development, yielding an overall loss in ⁇ -cell number (Butler, A.E. et al, " ⁇ -cell deficit and increased ⁇ - cell apoptosis in humans with type 2 diabetes", Diabetes, 52: 102-1 10 (2003)).
  • ⁇ -cell apoptosis may arise from persistent elevations in plasma glucose levels
  • G-protein coupled receptors expressed on ⁇ -cells are known to modulate the release of insulin in response to changes in plasma glucose levels (Ahren, B., "Autonomic regulation of islet hormone secretion - Implications for health and disease", Diabetologia, 43:393-410 (2003)). Those GPCRs specifically coupled to the elevation of cAMP via the G s alpha subunit of G-protein, have been shown to enhance glucose-stimulated insulin release from ⁇ -cells. Cyclic AMP- stimulating GPCRs on ⁇ -cells include the GLP-1, GIP, 2-adrenergic receptors and GPR1 19.
  • GPR119 e.g., human GPR1 19, GENBANK® Accession No. AAP72125 and alleles thereof; e.g., mouse GPR1 19, GENBANK® Accession No. AY288423 and alleles thereof
  • GPCR119 is a GPCR located at chromosome position Xp26.1 (Fredricksson, R. et al, "Seven evolutionarily conserved human rhodopsin G protein-coupled receptors lacking close relatives", FEBS Lett., 554:381-388 (2003)).
  • the receptor is coupled to Gs, and when stimulated, produces an elevation in cAMP in a variety of cell types including ⁇ -cell-derived insulinomas (Soga, T. et al,
  • GPR1 19 Activation of GPR1 19, with agonist ligands such as lysophosphatidylcholine, produce a glucose dependent increase in insulin secretion from primary mouse islets and various insulinoma cell lines such as NIT-1 and HIT-T15 (Soga, T. et al,
  • GPR1 19 activators of GPR1 19 are administered to either normal mice or mice that are prone to diabetes due to genetic mutation, prior to an oral glucose tolerance test, improvements in glucose tolerance are observed. A short-lived increase in plasma glucagon-like peptide- 1 and plasma insulin levels are also observed in these treated animals (Chu, Z.L. et al, "A role for ⁇ -cell-expressed GPR1 19 in glycemic control by enhancing glucose-dependent insulin release", Endocrinology, doi: 10.1210/en.2006-1608 (2007)). In addition to effects on plasma glucose levels, GPR1 19 activators have also been demonstrated to produce reductions in acute food intake and to reduce body weight in rats following chronic administration (Overton, H.A.
  • Compounds of the present invention modulate the activity of G protein- coupled receptors.
  • compounds of the present invention modulate the activity of the GPR1 19 G protein-coupled receptor ("GPR119"). Consequently, the compounds of the present invention may be used in the treatment of multiple diseases or disorders associated with GPR1 19, such as diabetes and related conditions, microvascular complications associated with diabetes, the macrovascular
  • diseases or disorders associated with the modulation of the GPR119 G protein-coupled receptor that can be prevented, modulated, or treated according to the present invention include, but are not limited to, diabetes, hyperglycemia, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance, hyperinsulinemia, retinopathy, neuropathy, nephropathy, delayed wound healing, atherosclerosis and its sequelae, abnormal heart function, myocardial ischemia, stroke, Metabolic Syndrome, hypertension, obesity, dislipidemia, dyslipidemia, hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, low HDL, high LDL, non-cardiac ischemia, vascular restenosis, pancreatitis, neurodegenerative disease, lipid disorders, cognitive impairment and dementia, bone disease, HIV protease associated lipodystrophy and glaucoma.
  • the present invention relates to a formulated product wherein the selected formulation is made by using a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, as the only active ingredient or by combining (a) a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, (using any of the compound embodiments listed herein) and (b) an additional active ingredient, for example, dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DPP4) inhibitor (for example a member selected from saxagliptin, sitagliptin, vildagliptin and alogliptin).
  • DPP4 dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
  • the present invention relates to a formulated product wherein the selected formulation is made by using a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, as the only active ingredient or by combining (a) a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, (using any of the compound embodiments listed herein) and (b) a dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DPP4) inhibitor, wherein the DPP4 inhibitor is saxagliptin.
  • DPP4 dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
  • the present invention provides for compounds of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, and for methods of using such compounds.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples,, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention provides a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of diseases or disorders associated with the activity of the GPRl 19 G protein-coupled receptor, such as defined above and hereinafter, wherein a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, is administered to a mammalian, i.e., human, patient in need of treatment.
  • the compounds of the invention can be used alone, in combination with other compounds of the present invention, or in combination with one or more other agent(s).
  • the present invention provides a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the diseases as defined above and hereinafter, wherein a therapeutically effective amount of a combination of a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, and another compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent, is administered to a mammalian, i.e., human, patient in need of treatment.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula I:
  • o 0-4;
  • p 0, 1 or 2;
  • L is a bond, or -CRi a Ri a -;
  • Ri is (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkynyl, (C 6 _i 0 )aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkynyl, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0
  • Ri a is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C 8 )alkyl
  • R 2 is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C 2 -Ce)- alkenyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, -CONRi 8 Ri9 or - RisRig; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkenyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl
  • R 3' is hydrogen, -OH, halo, or (Ci-C6)-alkyl
  • R4 IS (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkynyl, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, - C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (C 3 -Ci 2 )-cycloalkyl, -S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 6 _i 0 )aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (d-Q-alkyl, (C 2 -C
  • R 5 at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
  • Ri 8 and R1 9 are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R 2 o's;
  • Ri 8 and R1 9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R 2 o's;
  • R2 8 and R2 9 are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C 8 )alkyl; or R2 8 and R2 9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein the compounds compounds of formula la:
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein the compounds are compounds of formula lb:
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein:
  • R 4 is a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein the heteroaryl, and heterocyclo are substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (d-Q -alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkynyl, (C 3 -C 12 )-cycloalkyl, (d-C 6 )- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -CONRi 8 Ri 9 , - NRi 8 Ri 9 , -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylCOOH, -(C
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein L is a bond.
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein L is -CRi a Ri a -.
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein A is
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein A is
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein A is
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein L is a bond and A
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein L is a bond and A is
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein L is a bond and A is
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers
  • A is ;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • n 0-2;
  • o 0-3;
  • p 0, 1 or 2;
  • L is a bond, or -CRi a Ri a -;
  • Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci- C 6 )-alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkynyl, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -CONRi 8 Ri 9 ,
  • Ri a is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C6)alkyl;
  • R2 at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C 2 -Ce)- alkenyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, -CO Ris i 9 or -NR ⁇ R ⁇ ; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkenyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
  • R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl
  • R3' is hydrogen, -OH or halo
  • R4 IS (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkenyl, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, - C0 2 (C 3 -Ci 2 )-cycloalkyl, -S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 6 -io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci- C 6 )-alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkenyl, (C 2 -
  • R 5 at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
  • Ri8 and Rig are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R 2 o's;
  • Ri8 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
  • R 20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkynyl, (d-C 6 )- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -CONR 28 R 29 , - NR 28 R 29 , -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylOH, -(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl(NH 2 )COOH,
  • R 28 and R 29 are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C 8 )alkyl; or R 28 and R 29 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantio
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • n 0-2;
  • L is a bond, or -CRi a Ri a -;
  • Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkynyl, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci- C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -CONRi 8 Ri 9 , - R 18 R 19 , -(Ci-
  • Ri a is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C6)alkyl
  • R 2 at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C 2 -C6)- alkenyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, -CONRisRi 9 or - RisR ⁇ ; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkenyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl
  • R 3 ' is hydrogen, -OH or halo
  • R4 is (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (C 3 -Ci 2 )- cycloalkyl, -S0 2 (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkenyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkynyl, (C3-Ci 2 )-cyclo
  • R 5 at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
  • Ri8 and R19 are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
  • Ri8 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
  • the present invention provides compounds,
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • n 0-2;
  • 0 is 0-1 ;
  • p 0, 1 or 2;
  • L is a bond, or -CRi a Ri a -;
  • Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -CONRi 8 Ri 9 , - R 18 R 19 , -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylOH, -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylCONRi 8 Ri9, (C 6 -io
  • Ri a is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C5)alkyl
  • R 2 is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)- alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano or - RisRw; wherein any alkyl, may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkynyl, (Ci-C 6 )- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, - R 18 Ri9, - (Ci-C 6 )-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl-alkyl,
  • R 3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl
  • R 3 ' is hydrogen, -OH or halo
  • R4 is (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (C 3 -Ci 2 )-cycloalkyl, -S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )- alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkenyl, (C 2 -C6)-alkynyl, (C 3 -Ci 2 )-cycloalkyl, (Ci-C 6 )-al
  • R 5 at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
  • Ri 8 and Rig are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R 2 o's;
  • Ri 8 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R 2 o's;
  • R 2 s and R 2 g at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl; or R 2 8 and R 3 ⁇ 4 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
  • the present invention provides compounds,
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • n 0-2;
  • o 0;
  • p 0, 1 or 2;
  • L is a bond, or -CRi a Ri a -;
  • Ri a is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl
  • R2 at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-Ce)- alkyloxy, cyano or - R1 8 R1 9 ; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-Ce)- alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -NRi 8 Ri 9 , -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylOH, (C 6 _i 0 )aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10- member
  • R 3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl
  • R 3 ' is hydrogen or halo
  • R4 is (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (C 3 -Ci 2 )-cycloalkyl, -S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )- alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C3-Ci 2 )-cycloalkyl, (C1-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(d-C 6 )-alky
  • Ri 8 and Rig are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R 2 o's;
  • R 20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkenyl, (C 2 -C 6 )-alkynyl, (d-C 6 )- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -NR 28 R 29 , - (Ci-C 6 )-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylOH, (C 6 -io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituent
  • heterocyclo which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
  • R 2 8 and R 2 g are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl.
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantio
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • n 0-2;
  • o 0;
  • p 0, 1 or 2;
  • L is a bond, or -CRi a Ri a -;
  • Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl; wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, - R 18 Ri9, -(Ci- C 6 )-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylOH, (C 6 -io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
  • Ri a is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl
  • R 2 is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano or - RisR ⁇ ; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-Ce)- alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -NRi 8 Ri 9 , -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylOH, (C 6 _i 0 )aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10- membered heterocycl
  • R 3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl
  • R3' is hydrogen or halo
  • R4 IS -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (C 3 -Ci 2 )-cycloalkyl, -S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 6 _ io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C3-Ci 2 )-cycloalkyl, (C1-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(d-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (d-C 6
  • Ri 8 and Rig are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R 2 o's;
  • R 20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, - CO(C 1 -C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (C 1 -C 6 )-alkyl, -NR 28 R 29 , -(C 1 -C 6 )-alkylCOOH, -(d-C 6 )- alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (
  • the present invention provides compounds,
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • n 0-2;
  • 0 0
  • p is 0 or 1 ;
  • L is a bond, or -CRi a Ri a -;
  • Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl; wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, - R 18 Ri9, (C 6 - io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
  • Ri a is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl
  • R 2 is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-Ce)- alkyloxy, cyano or - R1 8 R1 9 ; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-Ce)- alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, - RisRi 9 , -(C 1 -C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl
  • R 3 ' is hydrogen or halo
  • R4 IS -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (C 3 -Ci 2 )-cycloalkyl, -S0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 3 -C 12 )-cycloalkyl, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C 6 )- alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, - R 18 Ri9,
  • Ri8 and R 9 at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
  • R 20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C 6 )- alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -NR 28 R 2 9, -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylOH, (C 6 _i 0 )aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro,
  • R 2 8 and R 2 g are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl.
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantio reof, wherein:
  • n 0 or
  • n 0-2;
  • 0 0
  • p is 0 or 1 L is a bond, or -CRi a Ri a -;
  • Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl; wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 6 -io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
  • Ri a is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl
  • R 2 is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)- alkyloxy or cyano; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylOH, (C 6 -io)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C 6 )alkyl, and halo(Ci-C 6 )alkyloxy;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl
  • R 3 ' is hydrogen, F, or CI
  • R4 IS -C0 2 (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -S0 2 (Ci-C6)-alkyl or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alky and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C3-Ci 2 )-cycloalkyl, (C 1 -C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -(Ci-C 6 )-alkylOH, (C 6 -io)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein: n is 0-2;
  • o 0;
  • L is a bond, or -CRi a Ri a -;
  • Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl; wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
  • Ria at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl
  • R 2 at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
  • any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, halo(Ci- C 6 )alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl
  • R 3 ' is hydrogen or F
  • R4 is -C0 2 (Ci-C6)-alkyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, -CO(Ci-C 6 )-alkyl, (C 3 -Ci 2 )-cycloalkyl, (C 6 _i 0 )aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C 6 )alkyl, and halo(Ci-C 6 )alkyloxy.
  • the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein: n is 0-2;
  • o 0;
  • L is a bond, or -CRi a Ri a -;
  • Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl; wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: F, CI, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C0 2 (Ci-C 6 )-alkyl or phenyl;
  • Ri a is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl
  • R 2 at each occurrence, is independently H, CI, F, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl
  • R 3 ' is hydrogen
  • R4 is -C0 2 (Ci-C6)-alkyl, pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl, which is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (C 1 -C6)- alkyl, (C3-Ci 2 )-cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1- 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy.
  • Forma I shall include enantiomers, diastereomers, prodrugs, solvates and salts thereof (particularly enantiomers, diastereomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof).
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula I, or an enantiomer, a diastereomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is selected from one of the examples, preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 11, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49.
  • the present invention relates to methods of modulating the activity of the GPR1 19 G protein-coupled receptor comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 11, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
  • a mammalian patient for example, a human patient
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 11, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
  • the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of diseases or disorders associated with the activity of the GPR119 G protein-coupled receptor comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
  • a mammalian patient for example, a human patient
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or,
  • diseases or disorders associated with the activity of the GPR119 G protein-coupled receptor that can be prevented, modulated, or treated according to the present invention include, but are not limited to, diabetes, hyperglycemia, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance, hyperinsulinemia, retinopathy, neuropathy, nephropathy, delayed wound healing, atherosclerosis and its sequelae, abnormal heart function, myocardial ischemia, stroke, Metabolic Syndrome, hypertension, obesity, dislipidemia, dyslipidemia, hyperlipidemia,
  • hypertriglyceridemia hypercholesterolemia, low HDL, high LDL, non-cardiac ischemia, infection, cancer, vascular restenosis, pancreatitis, neurodegenerative disease, lipid disorders, cognitive impairment and dementia, bone disease, HIV protease associated lipodystrophy and glaucoma.
  • the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of diabetes
  • hyperglycemia, obesity, dyslipidemia, hypertension and cognitive impairment comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
  • the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of diabetes, comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
  • a mammalian patient for example, a human patient
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at
  • the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of hyperglycemia comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
  • a mammalian patient for example, a human patient
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and
  • the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of obesity comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
  • a mammalian patient for example, a human patient
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least
  • the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of dyslipidemia comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
  • a mammalian patient for example, a human patient
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or
  • the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of hypertension comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
  • a mammalian patient for example, a human patient
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at
  • the present invention relates to a formulated product, for example a spray dried dispersion, wherein the selected formulation is made by combining (a) a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 11, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49 (using any of the compound embodiments listed above), and (b) a dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DPP4) inhibitor (for example, a member selected from saxagliptin, sitagliptin, vildagliptin and alogliptin).
  • DPP4 dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
  • the present invention relates to a formulated product, for example a spray dried dispersion, wherein the selected formulation is made by combining (a) a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 11, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49 (using any of the compound embodiments listed above), and (b) a dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DPP4) inhibitor, wherein the DPP4 inhibitor is saxagliptin.
  • a compound of Formula I, la or lb preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 11, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49 (using any of the compound embodiments listed above
  • DPP4 inhibitor is saxagliptin.
  • One enantiomer of a compound of Formula I, la or lb may display superior activity compared with the other. Thus, all of the stereochemistries are considered to be a part of the present invention. When required, separation of the racemic material can be achieved by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) using a chiral column or by a resolution using a resolving agent such as camphonic chloride as in Young, S.D. et al, Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, 2602-2605 (1995). [0062] To the extent that compounds of Formula I, la or lb, and salts thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form, all such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention.
  • substituted means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom or ring is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's or ring atom's normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
  • 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced.
  • any variable e.g., R5
  • its definition at each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
  • R5 substituents and/or variables
  • alkyl is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups containing 1 to 20 carbons, preferably 1 to 10 carbons, more preferably 1 to 8 carbons, in the normal chain, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, ?-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, 4,4-dimethylpentyl, octyl, 2,2,4-trimethyl-pentyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, the various branched chain isomers thereof, and the like as well as such groups may optionally include 1 to 4 substituents such as halo, for example F, Br, CI, or I, or CF 3 , alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aryl(aryl)
  • heteroarylalkoxy aryloxyalkyl, alkylthio, arylalkylthio, aryloxyaryl, alkylamido, alkanoylamino, arylcarbonylamino, nitro, cyano, thiol, haloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, and/or alkylthio.
  • alkenyl refers to straight or branched chain radicals of 2 to 20 carbons, preferably 2 to 12 carbons, and more preferably 2 to 8 carbons in the normal chain, which include one to six double bonds in the normal chain, such as vinyl, 2- propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 4-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 2- heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, 3-octenyl, 3-nonenyl, 4-decenyl, 3-undecenyl, 4- dodecenyl, 4,8, 12-tetradecatrienyl, and the like, and which may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents, namely, halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl
  • cycloheteroalkyl alkanoylamino, alkylamido, arylcarbonyl-amino, nitro, cyano, thiol, alkylthio, and/or any of the alkyl substituents set out herein.
  • alkynyl refers to straight or branched chain radicals of 2 to 20 carbons, preferably 2 to 12 carbons and more preferably 2 to 8 carbons in the normal chain, which include one triple bond in the normal chain, such as 2-propynyl, 3- butynyl, 2-butynyl, 4-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 2-heptynyl, 3- heptynyl, 4-heptynyl, 3-octynyl, 3-nonynyl, 4-decynyl,3-undecynyl, 4-dodecynyl, and the like, and which may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents, namely, halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkyny
  • cycloalkyl as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes saturated or partially unsaturated
  • any of which groups may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents such as halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylamido, alkanoylamino, oxo, acyl, arylcarbonylamino, amino, nitro, cyano, thiol, and/or alkylthio, and/or any of the substituents for alkyl.
  • substituents such as halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylamido, alkanoylamino, oxo, acyl, arylcarbonylamino, amino, nitro, cyano, thiol, and/or alkylthio, and/or any of the substituents for alkyl.
  • alkenyl groups as defined above and alkynyl groups as defined above, respectively have single bonds for attachment at two different carbon atoms, they are termed “alkenyl ene groups” and “alkynylene groups”, respectively, and may optionally be substituted as defined above for “alkenyl” and “alkynyl”.
  • aryl refers to monocyclic and bicyclic aromatic groups containing 6 to 10 carbons in the ring portion (such as phenyl or naphthyl, including 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl) and may optionally include 1 to 3 additional rings fused to a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring (such as aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or cycloheteroalkyl rings, for example,
  • substituents for example, hydrogen, halo, haloalkyl, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, alkenyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, alkynyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, arylalkoxy, arylthio, arylazo, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylheteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, substituted amino wherein the amino includes 1 or 2 substituents (which are alkyl, aryl, or any of the other aryl compounds mentioned in the definitions), thiol, alkylthio
  • lower alkoxy as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes any of the above alkyl, aralkyl, or aryl groups linked to an oxygen atom.
  • amino refers to amino that may be substituted with one or two substituents, which may be the same or different, such as alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or thioalkyl.
  • amino substituents may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-azepinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 4- thiamorpholinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 4-alkyl-l-piperazinyl, 4-arylalkyl-l-piperazinyl, 4- diarylalkyl-l-piperazinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, or 1-azepinyl, optionally substituted with alkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, halo, trifluoromethyl, or hydroxy.
  • lower alkylthio as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes any of the above alkyl, aralkyl, or aryl groups linked to a sulfur atom.
  • lower alkylamino as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes any of the above alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl groups linked to a nitrogen atom.
  • heterocyclyl is intended to mean a stable 4- to 14-membered monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic heterocyclic ring which is saturated or partially unsaturated and which consists of carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O and S and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring.
  • the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized.
  • the heterocyclic ring may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom, which results in a stable structure.
  • heterocyclic rings described herein may be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. If specifically noted, a nitrogen in the heterocycle may optionally be quaternized. It is preferred that when the total number of S and O atoms in the heterocycle exceeds 1, then these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another.
  • heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidonyl, 4- piperidonyl, chromanyl, decahydroquinolinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-£]tetrahydrofuran, indolinyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyloctahydroisoquinolinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl,
  • heteroaryl is intended to mean a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic aromatic ring which consists of carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S and is aromatic in nature.
  • heteroaryls are lH-indazole, 2H,6H-l,5,2-dithiazinyl, indolyl, 4aH-carbazole, 4H-quinolizinyl, 6H-l,2,5-thiadiazinyl, acridinyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazalonyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, ⁇ -carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-l,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro-
  • pyridoimidazole pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, carbolinyl,
  • heteroaryls are indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazalonyl, cinnolinyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolotriazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, and tetrazolyl.
  • heteroarylalkyl or “heteroarylalkenyl” as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to a heteroaryl group as defined above linked through a C atom or heteroatom to an alkyl chain, alkylene, or alkenylene as defined above.
  • cyano refers to a -CN group.
  • nitro refers to an -N0 2 group.
  • hydroxy refers to an OH group.
  • phrases "pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from nontoxic inorganic or organic acids.
  • such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, and the like.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like
  • organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic,
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods.
  • such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington 's
  • any compound that can be converted in vivo to provide the bioactive agent i.e., a compound of Formula I, la or lb
  • a prodrug within the scope and spirit of the invention.
  • prodrugs as employed herein includes esters and carbonates formed by reacting one or more hydroxyls of compounds of Formula I, la or lb with alkyl, alkoxy or aryl substituted acylating agents employing procedures known to those skilled in the art to generate acetates, pivalates, methylcarbonates, benzoates, and the like.
  • compounds of Formula I, la, or lb are, subsequent to their preparation, preferably isolated and purified to obtain a composition containing an amount by weight equal to or greater than 99% of a compound of Formula I, la or lb ("substantially pure” compound), which is then used or formulated as described herein. Such "substantially pure" compounds of Formula I, la or lb are also contemplated herein as part of the present invention.
  • All stereoisomers of the compounds of the instant invention are contemplated, either in admixture or in pure or substantially pure form.
  • the compounds of the present invention can have asymmetric centers at any of the carbon atoms including any one of the R substituents and/or exhibit polymorphism.
  • compounds of Formula I, la or lb can exist in enantiomeric, or diastereomeric forms, or in mixtures thereof.
  • the processes for preparation can utilize racemates, enantiomers, or diastereomers as starting materials.
  • diastereomeric or enantiomeric products are prepared, they can be separated by conventional methods for example, chromatographic or fractional crystallization.
  • the invention also includes isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention, wherein one or more atoms is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, such as 2 H and 3 H, carbon such as n C, 13 C, and 14 C, chlorine, such as 36 C1, fluorine such as 18 F, iodine, such as 123 I and 125 I, nitrogen, such as 13 N and 15 N, oxygen, such as 15 0, 17 0, and 18 0, phosphorus, such as 32 P, and sulfur, such as 35 S.
  • isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies.
  • the radioactive isotopes tritium, 3 H, and carbon- 14, 14 C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection. Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, 2 H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increase in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
  • positron emitting isotopes such as C, F, O, and N
  • PET Positron Emission Topography
  • Isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described herein, using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent otherwise employed.
  • “Stable compound” and “stable structure” are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent. The present invention is intended to embody stable compounds.
  • “Therapeutically effective amount” is intended to include an amount of a compound of the present invention alone or an amount of the combination of compounds claimed or an amount of a compound of the present invention in combination with other active ingredients effective to modulate GPR119 or effective to treat or prevent various disorders.
  • treating cover the treatment of a disease- state in a mammal, particularly in a human, and include: (a) preventing the disease- state from occurring in a mammal, in particular, when such mammal is predisposed to the disease-state but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (b) modulating the disease-state, i.e., arresting it development; and/or (c) relieving the disease-state, i.e., causing regression of the disease state.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be prepared in a number of ways well known to one skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be synthesized using the methods described below, together with synthetic methods known in the art of synthetic organic chemistry, or variations thereof as appreciated by those skilled in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, those described below. All references cited herein are hereby incorporated in their entirety by reference.
  • novel compounds of Formula I may be prepared using the reactions and techniques described in this section. The reactions are performed in solvents appropriate to the reagents and materials employed and are suitable for the transformations being effected. Also, in the description of the synthetic methods described below, it is to be understood that all proposed reaction conditions, including solvent, reaction atmosphere, reaction temperature, duration of the experiment and workup procedures, are chosen to be the conditions standard for that reaction, which should be readily recognized by one skilled in the art.
  • One skilled in the art of organic synthesis understands that the functionality present on various portions of the molecule must be compatible with the reagents and reactions proposed. Not all compounds of Formula I falling into a given class may be compatible with some of the reaction conditions required in some of the methods described. Such restrictions to the substituents, which are compatible with the reaction conditions, will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art and alternate methods must be used.
  • P* is a suitable nitrogen or oxygen protecting group, exemplified by benzyl, t- butoxycarbonyl- [BOC], benzyloxycarbonyl- [CBZ], or ?-butyl groups;
  • X is a leaving group exemplified by halogen (CI, Br, I) and OTf.
  • Scheme 1 describes a method of preparing compounds of formula I-aa and I-bb (subsets of compounds of formula I).
  • Substituted 2-hydroxybenzaldehyde II (commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art) can be reacted with chloromethyl trimethylsilane in the presence of base (such as K 2 CO 3 ) and Nal to afford alkylation product, which can be cyclized to III upon heating with KF.
  • Ill can be dehydrated using dehydrating agent such as sulfuryl chloride or thionyl chloride to afford substituted benzofuran IV. Deprotonation at the 2-position of IV using base such as BuLi, followed by reaction with appropriate N-protected ketone V affords VI.
  • VI to VIII can be achieved through reduction and protecting group manipulation (all known in literature or known to one skilled in the art).
  • Et 3 SiH/TFA can be used to remove the benzylic hydroxy group
  • Pd-C/H 2 can be used to reduce the double bond to form the dihydrobenzofuran.
  • Bromination of VIII can take place in Br 2 /CHCl 3 or NBS/HOAc to afford IX.
  • the deprotection of Boc- group can be achieved in TFA/CH2CI2 or HCl in dioxane to afford secondary amine X.
  • the installation of R4 group on N can be achieved using the procedure depicted in Scheme 2-3.
  • One such procedure entails treatment of the aryl bromide XI with a functionalized vinyl boronic acids in the presence of a catalytic Pd(0) species, such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2 , Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd 2 (dba) 3 and a suitable ligand such as PPI1 3 , AsPh 3 , etc., or other such Pd(0) catalyst, and a base such as a 2 C0 3 , K2CO 3 , Ba(OH) 2 or Et 3 N in a suitable solvent such as DMF, toluene, THF, DME, 1,4-dioxane or the like, to afford XIII.
  • a catalytic Pd(0) species such as Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2 , Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd 2 (dba) 3 and a suitable ligand such as P
  • the protecting group of XIII can be removed by appropriate methods well known to those skilled in the art to give secondary amine XIV, which further reacts with sulfonyl chloride R1SO2CI (commercially available or can be prepared by the methods known to one skilled in the art) in the presence of base such as Et 3 N affords sulfonamide I-aa.
  • Compounds I-bb can be produced by reduction of I-aa under H 2 atmosphere with appropriate catalysts, such as Pd/C, by a number of conditions that are routine for those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
  • X is halogen or TfO
  • Scheme 2 describes a method of preparing intermediates XIa-XId for Suzuki coupling reaction used in Scheme 1.
  • X can react R 7 -C(0)-C1 or R 7 CO 2 H (commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art) to form amide XIa.
  • X can react with chloroformate R 7 0C(0)-C1 (commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art) to form carbamate Xlb.
  • X can also react with a sulfonyl chloride R 7 SO 2 CI (commercially available or prepared by the methods known to one skilled in the art), in the presence of base such as Ets to afford sulfonamide XIc.
  • X can react with 5- or 6-membered ring heteroaryl halides via displacement or via metal catalyzed N-arylation reaction reported in literature or other methods known to one skilled in the art to afford Xld.
  • Scheme 3 describes a method of preparing intermediates Xle-XIj for Suzuki coupling reaction used in Scheme 1.
  • X can be converted to Xle through three-step reaction sequences including amide coupling and deprotection of amine protecting group both of which are known to one skilled in the art.
  • X can react with cyanogen bromide in a suitable solvent such as aqueous a2C03 and dichloromethane to form Xlg, which can be converted to Xlh by treating with hydroxylamine in an appropriate solvent such as ethanol at elevated temperature such as 60 °C.
  • Intermediate Xlh can be reacted with R 8 -AE (wherein AE stands for a functional group selected from - CO 2 H, -CO 2 R', etc) using any of the protocols known in the literature (references for such transformation include Tetrahedron Lett., 47:3629 (2006), and J. Med. Chem., 47:5821 (2004), but does not exclude others known to one skilled in the art) to afford Xlk.
  • Intermediate Xlg can also be reacted with (commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art) in the presence of a Lewis acid (such as ZnC3 ⁇ 4) at certain temperature (such as reflux) to afford Xli.
  • Intermediate Xlg can also be reacted with a 3 at elevated temperature (such as reflux) to form a tetrazole, which can be further converted to Xlj via standard alkylation reaction with Rs-X (where X is leaving group such as CI, Br, I, etc).
  • Scheme 4 describes a method of preparing compounds I-cc (a subset of formula la).
  • aryl bromide derivatives XI with mono-protected piperizine derivatives XV, which are commercially available or can be prepared by many methods known in the art, in the presence of a Pd(0) catalyst, such as Pd 2 (dba) 3 , Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 or Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2 , and suitable ligand such ⁇ or PPh 3 , and a base such as ?-BuONa or Cs 2 C0 3 in a suitable solvent such as DMF, toluene, THF, DME, or the like, affords XVI.
  • Intermediate XVI can then be deprotected to form XVII, which can be further converted to I-cc by following the procedure described in Scheme 1.
  • Scheme 5 describes a method of preparing compounds I-dd, I-ee, and I-ff (subsets of formula la). The reaction sequences have been adapted from Scheme 1 except using different ketone or aldehyde XVIII to replace V.
  • I-dd, I-ee, and I-ff can be prepared by one skilled in the art.
  • Scheme 6 describes a method of preparing compounds I-gg, I-hh, and I-ii (subsets of compounds of formula I).
  • Grignard reagent XXV obtained from substituted benzyl bromide XXIV (commercially available or prepared by the methods known to one skilled in the art) and magnesium, can react with ketone XXVI to form tertiary alcohol XXVII.
  • the Ullmann type ether formation of XXVII can be catalyzed by transition metal such as Pd and Cu with appropriate ligand in elevated temperature (this type reaction has been extensively studied in literature, see: J. Org.
  • Scheme 7 describes an alternative method of preparing the intermediates XXVIII used in Scheme 6.
  • Metallation of XXXII with M + such as BuLi or j ' -PrMgBr affords XXXIII in situ, which can be subjected to epoxide ring opening with XXXIV (commercially available or prepared by the method known to one skilled in the art) in the presence of Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate or a transition metal such as C3 ⁇ 4S to afford XXXV.
  • Lewis acid such as BF 3 etherate or a transition metal such as C3 ⁇ 4S
  • AC2O acetic anhydride
  • AcOH acetic acid
  • ⁇ rac-2,2'- bis(diphenylphosphino)- l, l '-binaphthyl
  • BOC tert-butoxycarbonyl
  • B0C2O di- tert-butyl dicarbonate
  • B3 ⁇ 4 bromine
  • CBZ benzyloxycarbonyl
  • CDCI 3 chloroform- ⁇ i
  • CH2CI2 methylene chloride
  • CHCI 3 chloroform
  • CS2CO 3 cesium carbonate
  • CsF cesium fluoride
  • DAST diethylaminosulfur trifluoride
  • DEAD diethyl azodicarboxylate
  • DIEA diisopropylethylamine
  • DME dimethoxyethane
  • DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
  • DMSO diisopropylethylamine
  • DME dimethoxyethan
  • reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 hour under argon. At the conclusion of this period, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then diluted with EtOAc/Et 2 0 (5 mL, 1 : 1 v/v). The organic layer was washed with aqueous aHC0 3 (saturated, 6 mL) and aqueous NaCl (saturated, 6 mL), dried ( a2S0 4 ), filtered, and then concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/EtOAc gradient 0 to 60% EtOAc) to afford Compound II as a light yellow solid (0.156 g, 97% yield).
  • reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous aHC0 3 (saturated, 2 mL) and then extracted with (3 ⁇ 4(3 ⁇ 4 (2 X 2 mL). The combined organic layers were dried ( a 2 S04), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel,
  • Example 2 hexanes/EtOAc gradient 0 to 70% EtOAc) to afford Example 2 as a white solid (18 mg, >90% purity, 62.5% yield).
  • Compound 3F was prepared from Compound 3E and 2-chloro-5- propylpyrimidine in a similar manner to the procedure described in Compound 1H, Example 1.
  • LC/MS (m/z) 421 (M+H) + .
  • Compound 3G was prepared from Compound 3F and tert-butyl 4-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound II in Example 1.
  • Example 3 was prepared from Compound 3H and methyl 4- (chlorosulfonyl)butanoate in a similar manner to the procedure described in Example 1.
  • Example 3 To a solution of Example 3 (23 mg, 0.039 mmol) in THF (980 ⁇ ) at 0 °C was added LAH (47 ⁇ , 0.047 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then quenched with aqueous HC1 (1 N, 0.5 mL). The resulting mixture was diluted with EtOAc (4 mL) and washed with 3 ⁇ 40 (2 mL) and brine (2 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried ( a2S0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue.
  • Example 4 was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, CH ⁇ CVEtOAc gradient 0 to 100% EtOAc) to afford Example 4 as a white solid (17.7 mg, 78% yield).
  • Example 5 was prepared from Compound 3H and propane- 1-sulfonyl chloride in a similar manner to the procedure described in Example 1.
  • Examples 6 and 7 were prepared from Compounds 6A and 7A, respectively, in a similar manner to the procedure described in Example 1.
  • Example 5 To a degassed solution of Example 5 (13 mg, 0.025 mmol) in EtOAc (0.77 mL) was added 10% Pd-C (10.5 mg, 9.84 ⁇ ), and the mixture was stirred under 3 ⁇ 4 (1 atm) at room temperature overnight. At the conclusion of this period, the Pd-C was filtered off through a pad of CELITE® and the solvent was evaporated off. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, CH 2 Cl 2 /EtOAc gradient 0 to 100% EtOAc) to afford Example 8 as a white solid (1 1 mg, 83% yield).
  • Compound 9B was prepared from Compound 9A and 2-chloro-5- propylpyrimidine in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound 1H in Example 1.
  • reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. Once at the prescribed temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (3 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 X 5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with aqueous aHC0 3 (saturated, 5 mL) and then brine (5 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, CH 2 Cl 2 /EtOAc gradient 0 to 50% EtOAc) to afford Compound 9C as a light yellow solid (201 mg, 76% yield).
  • Compound 9D was prepared from Compound 9C and TFA by in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound U in Example 1.
  • LC/MS (m/z) 408 (M+H) + .
  • Example 9 was prepared from Compound 9D and propane- 1-sulfonyl chloride in a similar manner to the procedure described in Example 1.
  • Compound 10B was prepared from Compound 10A and tert-butyl 4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound II in Example 1.
  • Compound IOC was prepared from Compound 10B and TFA in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound 1J in Example 1.
  • Example 10 was prepared from Compound IOC and propane- 1-sulfonyl chloride in a similar manner to the procedure described in Example 1.
  • Compound 1 ID was prepared from Compound 1 1C and TFA in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound 1J in Example 1.
  • LC/MS (m/z) 296 (M+H) + .
  • Compound 11G was prepared from Compound 1 IF and TFA in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound 1J in Example 1.
  • LC/MS (m/z) 417 (M+H) + .
  • Examples 12 to 50 set forth in Table 1 were synthesized according to the procedures described in Examples 1 to 11, the schemes, or by other similar methods known to one skilled in the art, with other appropriate reagents.
  • a human-mouse chimeric GPRl 19 expression construct encoding 3 copies of the FLAG epitope tag, the first 198 amino acids of human GPRl 19 and the C- terminal 137 amino acids of the mouse receptor was cloned into a tetracycline inducible vector pcDNA5/FRT/TO (Invitrogen #V6520-20), which includes a hygromycin-resistance marker. Tightly controlled receptor expression was achieved by stable integration of this construct into the genome of a specific host cell line, Flp- In-T-Rex-HEK293, expressing the tetracycline repressor (Invitrogen).
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium
  • the EC5 0 value was calculated as the concentration of agonist which increased the cAMP concentration to a value halfway between the baseline and the maximum.
  • the compounds of the present invention possess activity as agonists of the GPRl 19 receptor, and, therefore, may be used in the treatment of diseases associated with GPRl 19 receptor activity. Via the activation of GPRl 19 receptor, the compounds of the present invention may preferably be employed to increase insulin production or increase GLP-1 secretion or both.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administered to mammals, preferably humans, for the treatment of a variety of conditions and disorders, including, but not limited to, treating, preventing, or slowing the progression of diabetes and related conditions, microvascular complications associated with diabetes, macrovascular complications associated with diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, Metabolic Syndrome and its component conditions, inflammatory diseases and other maladies. Consequently, it is believed that the compounds of the present invention may be used in preventing, inhibiting, or treating diabetes, hyperglycemia, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance,
  • hyperinsulinemia hyperinsulinemia, retinopathy, neuropathy, nephropathy, wound healing,
  • Atherosclerosis and its sequelae acute coronary syndrome, myocardial infarction, angina pectoris, peripheral vascular disease, intermittent claudication, myocardial ischemia, stroke, heart failure
  • Metabolic Syndrome hypertension, obesity, dyslipidemia, hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, low HDL, high LDL, vascular restenosis, peripheral arterial disease, lipid disorders, bone disease (including osteoporosis), PCOS, HIV protease associated lipodystrophy, and glaucoma, and treatment of side-effects related to diabetes, lipodystrophy and osteoporosis from corticosteroid treatment.
  • the present invention includes within its scope pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as an active ingredient, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of the compounds of Formula I, la, or lb, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutical carrier or diluent.
  • compounds of the present invention can be used alone, in combination with other compounds of the invention, or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agent(s), e.g., an antidiabetic agent or other pharmaceutically active material.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be employed in combination with one or more other suitable therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of the aforementioned disorders including: anti-diabetic agents, anti-hyperglycemic agents, anti-hyperinsulinemic agents, anti-retinopathic agents, anti-neuropathic agents, anti- nephropathic agents, anti-atherosclerotic agents, anti-ischemic agents, antihypertensive agents, anti-obesity agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, anti-hyperlipidemic agents, anti-hypertriglyceridemic agents, anti- hypercholesterolemic agents, anti-restenotic agents, anti-pancreatic agents, lipid lowering agents, appetite suppressants, treatments for heart failure, treatments for peripheral arterial disease and anti-inflammatory agents.
  • suitable anti-diabetic agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include insulin and insulin analogs (e.g., LysPro insulin, inha
  • sulfonylureas and analogs e.g., chlorpropamide, glibenclamide, tolbutamide, tolazamide, acetohexamide, glypizide, glyburide, glimepiride, repaglinide, meglitinide); biguanides (e.g., metformin, phenformin, buformin); alpha2-antagonists and imidazolines (e.g., midaglizole, isaglidole, deriglidole, idazoxan, efaroxan, fluparoxan); other insulin secretagogues (e.g., linogliride, insulinotropin, exendin-4, N,N-dimethyl-N'-[2-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]guanidine (E)-2-butenedioate salt (BTS- 675820), (-)-N-(/raws-4-isopropylcyclohe
  • SGLT2 inhibitors e.g., 3-(benzo[b]furan-5-yl)-2',6'-dihydroxy-4'- methylpropiophenone-2'-0-(6-0-methoxycarbonyl)- -d-glucopyranoside (T-1095 Tanabe Seiyaku), phlorizin, TS-033 (Taisho), dapagliflozin (BMS), sergiflozin (Kissei), AVE 2268 (Sanofi-Aventis)), canagliflozin; 1 1-beta-hydroxysteriod dehydrogenase type I inhibitors (e.g., AMG221, INCB13739); dipeptidyl peptidase- rv (DPP4) inhibitors (e.g., saxagliptin, sitagliptin, vildagliptin, alogliptin and denagliptin); glucagon-like peptide- 1 (
  • bile acid sequestrants e.g., WELCHOL®, COLESTID®, LoCholest and QUESTRAN®; and fibric acid derivatives, such as Atromid, LOPID® and Tricot
  • fibric acid derivatives such as Atromid, LOPID® and Tricot
  • cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitors e.g., torcetrapib and (2R)-3- ⁇ [3-(4-chloro-3-ethyl-phenoxy)-phenyl]-[[3- (1, 1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino ⁇ - 1, 1, 1 -trifluoro-2-propanol);
  • nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof e.g., niacin, acipimox
  • PCSK9 inhibitors e.g., PCSK9 inhibitors
  • LXR agonists e.g., those disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos.
  • lipoxygenase inhibitors e.g., such as benzimidazole derivatives, as disclosed in WO 97/12615, 15-LO inhibitors, as disclosed in WO 97/12613, isothiazolones, as disclosed in WO 96/38144, and 15-LO inhibitors, as disclosed by Sendobry et al, "Attenuation of diet-induced lipoxygenase inhibitors"
  • Preferred hypolipidemic agents are pravastatin, lovastatin, simvastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, atavastatin, and rosuvastatin.
  • Suitable anti-hypertensive agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include beta adrenergic blockers, calcium channel blockers (L-type and T-type; e.g., diltiazem, verapamil, nifedipine, amlodipine and mybefradil), diuretics (e.g., chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, flumethiazide, hydroflumethiazide, bendroflumethiazide, methylchlorothiazide, trichloromethiazide, polythiazide, benzthiazide, ethacrynic acid tricrynafen, chlorthalidone, furosemide, musolimine, bumetanide, triamtrenene, amiloride, spironolactone), renin inhibitors (e.g., aliskiren), ACE inhibitors (e.g., capto
  • Dual ET/AII antagonist e.g., compounds disclosed in WO 00/01389
  • neutral endopeptidase (NEP) inhibitors e.g., neutral endopeptidase (NEP) inhibitors
  • vasopeptidase inhibitors dual NEP -ACE inhibitors
  • nitrates e.g., central alpha agonists (e.g., clonidine)
  • alphal blockers e.g., prazosine
  • arterial vasodilators e.g., minoxidil
  • sympatolytics e.g., resperine
  • renin inhibitors e.g., Aliskiren (Novartis)
  • Suitable anti-obesity agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include a cannabinoid receptor 1 antagonist or inverse agonist (e.g., rimonabant, (4S)-3-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfonyl]-4,5-dihydro-N'-methyl-4-phenyl- lH-pyrazole- 1 - carboximidamide (SLV 319), CP-945598 (Pfizer), Surinabant (SR-147778, Sanofi- Aventis), N-[(l S,2S)-3-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-(3-cyanophenyl)-l-methylpropyl]-2- methyl-2- ⁇ [5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]oxy ⁇ propanamide (Merck) and those discussed in Hertzog, D.L., Expert Opin.
  • rimonabant (4
  • a beta 3 adrenergic agonist e.g., rafabegron (AJ9677, Takeda/Dainippon), N-[4-[2-[[(2S)-3- [(6-amino-3-pyridinyl)oxy]-2-hydroxypropyl]amino]ethyl]phenyl]-4-(l-methylethyl)- benzenesulfonamide (L750355, Merck), or CP331648 (Pfizer) or other known beta 3 agonists, as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos.
  • rafabegron AJ9677, Takeda/Dainippon
  • N-[4-[2-[[(2S)-3- [(6-amino-3-pyridinyl)oxy]-2-hydroxypropyl]amino]ethyl]phenyl]-4-(l-methylethyl)- benzenesulfonamide L750355,
  • sibutramine Abbott and tesofensine, Neurosearch
  • sibutramine being preferred
  • a dopamine reuptake inhibitor e.g., buproprion, GSK
  • 5-HT 2 c agonist e.g., lorcaserin hydrochloride (Arena), WAY-163909 [(7bR, 10aR)-l,2,3,4,8,9, 10, 10a- octahydro-7bH-cyclopenta-[b][l,4]diazepino[6,7, lhi]indole], with lorcaserin hydrochloride being preferred
  • 5-HT6 receptor antagonists Suven, Biovitrum, Epix
  • anti-epileptics topiramate Johnson & Johnson
  • zonisamide a ciliary
  • neurotrophic factor agonist e.g., ⁇ ® (Regeneron)
  • brain-derived neurotrophic factor BDNF
  • orexin antagonists BDNF
  • histamine receptor-3 (H3) modulators histamine receptor-3 (H3) modulators
  • melanin-concentrating hormone receptor (MCHR) antagonists e.g., GSK-856464 (GlaxoSmithKline), T-0910792 (Amgen)
  • acyltransferase (DGAT) inhibitors e.g., BAY-74-41 13 (Bayer), PF-046201 10, and LCQ908
  • ACC acetyl- CoA carboxylase
  • ACC acetyl- CoA carboxylase
  • A-80040, Abbott N-(4-(4-(4- isopropoxyphenoxy)phenyl)but-3-yn-2-yl)acetamide
  • SCD-1 inhibitors as described by Jiang et al, Diabetes, 53 (2004), (abs 653 -p); amylin receptor agonists (e.g., compounds disclosed in WO
  • thyroid receptor agonists e.g., as set forth above
  • growth hormone secretagogue receptor (GHSR) antagonists e.g., A-778193 (Abbott); leptin and leptin mimetics (e.g., OB-3 (Aegis/Albany Medical College); leptin analogs A- 100 and A- 200 (Amgen), CBT-001452 (Cambridge Biotechnology), ML-22952 (Millennium)
  • PYY receptor agonist e.g., AC-162352 (Amylin), PYY-3-36 (Emishere), PYY(3- 36)NH2 (Unigene)
  • NPY-Y4 agonists 7TM Pharma WO 2005/089786(A2,A3)-l
  • NPY-5 antagonists e.g., NPY5RA-972 (AstraZeneca), GW-594884A
  • the anorectic agent which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of the present invention include dexamphetamine, phentermine, phenylpropanolamine, or mazindol, with dexamphetamine being preferred.
  • CCK receptor agonists e.g., SR-27895B
  • galanin receptor antagonists e.g., MCR-4 antagonists (e.g., N-acetyl-L-norleucyl-L-glutaminyl-L- histidyl-D-phenylalanyl-L-arginyl-D-tryptophyl-glycinamide, (HP-228)); urocortin mimetics, CRF antagonists, and CRF binding proteins (e.g., mifepristone (RU-486), urocortin).
  • the compounds of the present invention may be used in combination with HIV protease inhibitors, including but not limited to REYATAZ® and KALETRA®.
  • Suitable memory enhancing agents, anti-dementia agents, or cognition promoting agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to ARICEPT®, razadyne, donepezil, rivastigmine, galantamine, memantine, tacrine, metrifonate, muscarine, xanomelline, deprenyl and physostigmine.
  • Suitable anti-inflammatory agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to, NSAIDS, prednisone, acetaminophen, aspirin, codeine, fentanyl, ibuprofen, indomethacin, ketorolac, morphine, naproxen, phenacetin, piroxicam, sufentanyl, sunlindac, interferon alpha, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, dexamethazone, flucatisone, betamethasone, hydrocortisone, beclomethasone, REMICADE®, ORENCIA®, and ENBREL®.
  • the compounds of this disclosure can be administered in such oral dosage forms as tablets, capsules (each of which includes sustained release or timed release formulations), pills, powders, granules, elixirs, tinctures, suspensions, syrups, and emulsions. They may also be administered in intravenous (bolus or infusion), intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, or intramuscular form, all using dosage forms well known to those of ordinary skill in the pharmaceutical arts. They can be administered alone, but generally will be administered with a pharmaceutical carrier selected on the basis of the chosen route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice.
  • the dosage regimen for the compounds of the present invention will, of course, vary depending upon known factors, such as the pharmacodynamic characteristics of the particular agent and its mode and route of administration; the species, age, sex, health, medical condition, and weight of the recipient; the nature and extent of the symptoms; the kind of concurrent treatment; the frequency of treatment; the route of administration, the renal and hepatic function of the patient, and the effect desired.
  • a physician or veterinarian can determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required to prevent, counter, or arrest the progress of the disorder.
  • the daily oral dosage of each active ingredient when used for the indicated effects, will range between about 0.001 to 1000 mg/kg of body weight, or between about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg of body weight per day, or alternatively, between about 1.0 to 20 mg/kg/day.
  • Compounds of this invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three, or four times daily.
  • the daily oral dosage of the active ingredient is between 3 and 600 mg either administered once daily or in divided doses administered twice daily.
  • the active ingredient may be administered in doses of 10-20 mg administered twice daily or 40 to 100 mg administered once daily.
  • the active ingredient may be administered a dose of 12.5 mg twice a day or 75 mg once a day.
  • the active ingredient may be administered in doses of 3, 10, 30, 100, 300, and 600 mg administered either once or twice a day.
  • Compounds of this invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using transdermal skin patches.
  • the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
  • the compounds are typically administered in admixture with suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients, or carriers (collectively referred to herein as pharmaceutical carriers) suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration, that is, oral tablets, capsules, elixirs, syrups and the like, and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices.
  • suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients, or carriers suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration, that is, oral tablets, capsules, elixirs, syrups and the like, and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices.
  • the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable, inert carrier such as lactose, starch, sucrose, glucose, methyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, mannitol, sorbitol and the like; for oral administration in liquid form, the oral drug components can be combined with any oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water, and the like.
  • suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents, and coloring agents can also be used.
  • Suitable binders include starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth, or sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, waxes, and the like.
  • Lubricants used in these dosage forms include sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, and the like.
  • Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum, and the like.
  • the compounds of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles.
  • Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines.
  • Compounds of the present invention may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers.
  • soluble polymers can include
  • the compounds of the present invention may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacylates, and crosslinked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacylates, and crosslinked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • Dosage forms suitable for administration may contain from about 1 milligram to about 100 milligrams of active ingredient per dosage unit.
  • the active ingredient will ordinarily be present in an amount of about 0.5-95% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
  • Gelatin capsules may contain the active ingredient and powdered carriers, such as lactose, starch, cellulose derivatives, magnesium stearate, stearic acid, and the like. Similar diluents can be used to make compressed tablets. Both tablets and capsules can be manufactured as sustained release products to provide for continuous release of medication over a period of hours. Compressed tablets can be sugar coated or film coated to mask any unpleasant taste and protect the tablet from the atmosphere, or enteric coated for selective disintegration in the gastrointestinal tract.
  • powdered carriers such as lactose, starch, cellulose derivatives, magnesium stearate, stearic acid, and the like. Similar diluents can be used to make compressed tablets. Both tablets and capsules can be manufactured as sustained release products to provide for continuous release of medication over a period of hours. Compressed tablets can be sugar coated or film coated to mask any unpleasant taste and protect the tablet from the atmosphere, or enteric coated for selective disintegration in the gastrointestinal tract.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration can contain coloring and flavoring to increase patient acceptance.
  • water, a suitable oil, saline, aqueous dextrose (glucose), and related sugar solutions and glycols such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycols are suitable carriers for parenteral solutions.
  • Solutions for parenteral administration may contain a water soluble salt of the active ingredient, suitable stabilizing agents, and if necessary, buffer substances.
  • Antioxidizing agents such as sodium bisulfite, sodium sulfite, or ascorbic acid, either alone or combined, are suitable stabilizing agents.
  • citric acid and its salts and sodium EDTA are also used.
  • parenteral solutions can contain preservatives, such as benzalkonium chloride, methyl- or propyl-paraben, and chlorobutanol.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in Remington 's
  • a large number of unit capsules can be prepared by filling standard two- piece hard gelatin capsules each with 100 milligrams of powdered active ingredient, 150 milligrams of lactose, 50 milligrams of cellulose, and 6 milligrams magnesium stearate.
  • Soft Gelatin Capsules 100 milligrams of powdered active ingredient, 150 milligrams of lactose, 50 milligrams of cellulose, and 6 milligrams magnesium stearate.
  • a mixture of active ingredient in a digestible oil such as soybean oil, cottonseed oil or olive oil may be prepared and injected by means of a positive displacement pump into gelatin to form soft gelatin capsules containing 100 milligrams of the active ingredient. The capsules should be washed and dried.
  • a digestible oil such as soybean oil, cottonseed oil or olive oil
  • Tablets may be prepared by conventional procedures so that the dosage unit is 100 milligrams of active ingredient, 0.2 milligrams of colloidal silicon dioxide, 5 milligrams of magnesium stearate, 275 milligrams of microcrystalline cellulose, 1 1 milligrams of starch and 98.8 milligrams of lactose. Appropriate coatings may be applied to increase palatability or delay absorption.
  • a spray dried dispersion can be prepared for oral administration by methods know to one skilled in the art.
  • a parenteral composition suitable for administration by injection may be prepared by stirring 1.5% by weight of active ingredient in 10% by volume propylene glycol and water. The solution should be made isotonic with sodium chloride and sterilized.
  • An aqueous suspension can be prepared for oral administration so that each 5 mL contain 100 mg of finely divided active ingredient, 200 mg of sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, 5 mg of sodium benzoate, 1.0 g of sorbitol solution, U.S. P., and 0.025 mL of vanillin.
  • the amount of each component in a typical daily dosage and typical dosage form may be reduced relative to the usual dosage of the agent when administered alone, in view of the additive or synergistic effect of the therapeutic agents when administered in combination.
  • one active ingredient may be enteric coated.
  • enteric coating one of the active ingredients it is possible not only to minimize the contact between the combined active ingredients, but also, it is possible to control the release of one of these components in the gastrointestinal tract such that one of these components is not released in the stomach but rather is released in the intestines.
  • One of the active ingredients may also be coated with a material which effects a sustained-release throughout the gastrointestinal tract and also serves to minimize physical contact between the combined active ingredients.
  • the sustained-released component can be additionally enteric coated such that the release of this component occurs only in the intestine.
  • Still another approach would involve the formulation of a combination product in which the one component is coated with a sustained and/or enteric release polymer, and the other component is also coated with a polymer such as a low viscosity grade of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) or other appropriate materials as known in the art, in order to further separate the active components.
  • HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
  • the polymer coating serves to form an additional barrier to interaction with the other component.
  • compounds disclosed herein may be useful as metabolites of other compounds. Therefore, in one embodiment, compounds may be useful either as a substantially pure compound, which may also then be incorporated into a pharmaceutical composition, or may be useful as metabolite which is generated after administration of the prodrug of that compound. In one embodiment, a compound may be useful as a metabolite by being useful for treating disorders as described herein.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Novel compounds of structure Formula I: or an enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, prodrug or salt thereof, wherein A, L, m, n, o, p, R2, R3, R3, R4 and R5 are defined herein, are provided which are GPR1 19 G protein-coupled receptor modulators. GPR119 G protein-coupled receptor modulators are useful in treating, preventing, or slowing the progression of diseases requiring GPR119 G protein-coupled receptor modulator therapy. Thus, the disclosure also concerns compositions comprising these novel compounds and methods of treating diseases or conditions related to the activity of the GPR119 G protein-coupled receptor by using any of these novel compounds or a composition comprising any of such novel compounds.

Description

BENZOFURANYL ANALOGUES AS GPR119 MODULATORS
CROSS REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial Number 61/331,852, filed on May 6, 2010, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention provides novel benzofuranyl compounds, and analogues, which are modulators of the GPR1 19 G protein-coupled receptor, compositions containing them, and methods of using them, for example, for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases or disorders associated with the activity of the GPR119 G protein-coupled receptor, e.g., diabetes and obesity. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Diabetes mellitus is a serious disease afflicting over 100 million people worldwide. In the United States, there are more than 12 million diabetics, with 600,000 new cases diagnosed each year. Diabetes mellitus is a diagnostic term for a group of disorders characterized by abnormal glucose homeostasis resulting in elevated blood sugar. There are many types of diabetes, but the two most common are Type 1 (also referred to as insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus or IDDM) and Type 2 (also referred to as non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus or NIDDM).
[0004] The etiology of the different types of diabetes is not the same; however, everyone with diabetes has two things in common: overproduction of glucose by the liver and little or no ability to move glucose out of the blood into the cells where it becomes the body's primary fuel.
[0005] People who do not have diabetes rely on insulin, a hormone made in the pancreas, to move glucose from the blood into the cells of the body. However, people who have diabetes either do not produce insulin or cannot efficiently use the insulin they produce; therefore, they cannot move glucose efficiently into their cells.
Glucose accumulates in the blood creating a condition called hyperglycemia, and over time, can cause serious health problems. [0006] Diabetes is a syndrome with interrelated metabolic, vascular, and neuropathic components. The metabolic syndrome, generally characterized by hyperglycemia, comprises alterations in carbohydrate, fat and protein metabolism caused by absent or markedly reduced insulin secretion and/or ineffective insulin action. The vascular syndrome consists of abnormalities in the blood vessels leading to cardiovascular, retinal and renal complications. Abnormalities in the peripheral and autonomic nervous systems are also part of the diabetic syndrome.
[0007] Diabetes has also been implicated in the development of kidney disease, eye diseases and nervous-system problems. Kidney disease, also called nephropathy, occurs when the kidney's "filter mechanism" is damaged and protein leaks into urine in excessive amounts and eventually the kidney fails. Diabetes is also a leading cause of damage to the retina at the back of the eye and increases risk of cataracts and glaucoma. Finally, diabetes is associated with nerve damage, especially in the legs and feet, which interferes with the ability to sense pain and contributes to serious infections. Taken together, diabetes complications are one of the nation's leading causes of death.
[0008] Many people with NIDDM have sedentary lifestyles and are obese; they weigh approximately 20% more than the recommended weight for their height and build. Furthermore, obesity is characterized by hyperinsulinemia and insulin resistance, a feature shared with NIDDM, hypertension and atherosclerosis.
[0009] Obesity, which is the result of an imbalance between caloric intake and energy expenditure, is highly correlated with insulin resistance and diabetes in experimental animals and human. However, the molecular mechanisms that are involved in obesity-diabetes syndromes are not clear. During early development of obesity, increased insulin secretion balances insulin resistance and protects patients from hyperglycemia (Le Stunff et al, Diabetes, 43 :696-702 (1989)). However, over time, β-cell function deteriorates and non-insulin-dependent diabetes develops in about 20% of the obese population (Pederson, P., Diab. Metab. Rev., 5:505-509 (1989)) and (Brancati, F.L. et al, Arch. Intern. Med., 159:957-963 (1999)). Given its high prevalence in modern societies, obesity has thus become the leading risk factor for NIDDM (Hill, J.O. et al, Science, 280: 1371-1374 (1998)). However, the factors which predispose a fraction of patients to alteration of insulin secretion in response to fat accumulation remain unknown. The most common diseases with obesity are cardiovascular disease (particularly hypertension), diabetes (obesity aggravates the development of diabetes), gall bladder disease (particularly cancer) and diseases of reproduction. Research has shown that even a modest reduction in body weight can correspond to a significant reduction in the risk of developing coronary heart disease.
[0010] Obesity considerably increases the risk of developing cardiovascular diseases as well. Coronary insufficiency, atheromatous disease, and cardiac insufficiency are at the forefront of the cardiovascular complication induced by obesity. It is estimated that if the entire population had an ideal weight, the risk of coronary insufficiency would decrease by 25% and the risk of cardiac insufficiency and of cerebral vascular accidents by 35%. The incidence of coronary diseases is doubled in subjects less than 50 years of age who are 30% overweight. The diabetes patient faces a 30% reduced lifespan. After age 45, people with diabetes are about three times more likely than people without diabetes to have significant heart disease and up to five times more likely to have a stroke. These findings emphasize the interrelations between risks factors for NIDDM, obesity and coronary heart disease as well as the potential value of an integrated approach involving the treatment of both obesity and diabetes (Perry, I.J. et al, BMJ, 310:560-564 (1995)).
[0011] Type 2 diabetes results from the progressive loss of pancreatic β-cell function in the presence of insulin resistance, leading to an overall reduction in insulin output (Prentki, M. et al, "Islet failure in type 2 diabetes", J. Clin. Invest., 116: 1802-1812 (2006)). β-cells are the cell type that store and release insulin in response to an elevation in plasma glucose or in response to hormonal signals from the gut following the ingestion of food. Evidence suggests that in type 2 diabetics the rate of β-cell cell death (apoptosis) exceeds that of new β-cell development, yielding an overall loss in β-cell number (Butler, A.E. et al, "β-cell deficit and increased β- cell apoptosis in humans with type 2 diabetes", Diabetes, 52: 102-1 10 (2003)). β-cell apoptosis may arise from persistent elevations in plasma glucose levels
(glucotoxicity) and/or plasma lipid levels (lipotoxicity).
[0012] G-protein coupled receptors (GPCRs) expressed on β-cells are known to modulate the release of insulin in response to changes in plasma glucose levels (Ahren, B., "Autonomic regulation of islet hormone secretion - Implications for health and disease", Diabetologia, 43:393-410 (2003)). Those GPCRs specifically coupled to the elevation of cAMP via the Gs alpha subunit of G-protein, have been shown to enhance glucose-stimulated insulin release from β-cells. Cyclic AMP- stimulating GPCRs on β-cells include the GLP-1, GIP, 2-adrenergic receptors and GPR1 19. Increasing cAMP concentration in β-cells is known to lead to the activation of PKA which is thought to prevent the opening of potassium channels on the surface of the β-cell. The reduction in K+ efflux depolarizes the β-cell leading to an influx of Ca++ which promotes the release of insulin.
[0013] GPR119 (e.g., human GPR1 19, GENBANK® Accession No. AAP72125 and alleles thereof; e.g., mouse GPR1 19, GENBANK® Accession No. AY288423 and alleles thereof) is a GPCR located at chromosome position Xp26.1 (Fredricksson, R. et al, "Seven evolutionarily conserved human rhodopsin G protein-coupled receptors lacking close relatives", FEBS Lett., 554:381-388 (2003)). The receptor is coupled to Gs, and when stimulated, produces an elevation in cAMP in a variety of cell types including β-cell-derived insulinomas (Soga, T. et al,
"Lysophosphatidylcholine enhances glucose-dependent insulin secretion via an orphan G-protein-coupled receptor", Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 326:744-751 (2005), international patent applications WO 04/065380, WO 04/076413, WO 05/007647, WO 05/007658, WO 05/121121, WO 06/083491 and EP 1338651). The receptor has been shown to be localized to the β-cells of the pancreas in a number of species as well as in specific cell types of the gastrointestinal tract. Activation of GPR1 19, with agonist ligands such as lysophosphatidylcholine, produce a glucose dependent increase in insulin secretion from primary mouse islets and various insulinoma cell lines such as NIT-1 and HIT-T15 (Soga, T. et al,
"Lysophosphatidylcholine enhances glucose-dependent insulin secretion via an orphan G-protein-coupled receptor", Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 326:744-751 (2005); Chu, Z.L. et al, "A role for β-cell-expressed GPR119 in glycemic control by enhancing glucose-dependent insulin release", Endocrinology, doi: 10.1210/ en.2006- 1608 (2007)).
[0014] When activators of GPR1 19 are administered to either normal mice or mice that are prone to diabetes due to genetic mutation, prior to an oral glucose tolerance test, improvements in glucose tolerance are observed. A short-lived increase in plasma glucagon-like peptide- 1 and plasma insulin levels are also observed in these treated animals (Chu, Z.L. et al, "A role for β-cell-expressed GPR1 19 in glycemic control by enhancing glucose-dependent insulin release", Endocrinology, doi: 10.1210/en.2006-1608 (2007)). In addition to effects on plasma glucose levels, GPR1 19 activators have also been demonstrated to produce reductions in acute food intake and to reduce body weight in rats following chronic administration (Overton, H.A. et al, "Deorphanization of a G protein-coupled receptor for oleoylethanolamide and its use in the discovery of small-molecule hypophagic agents", Cell Metabolism, 3: 167-175 (2006), and international patent applications WO 05/007647 and WO 05/007658).
[0015] Accordingly, compounds that activate GPR1 19 could demonstrate a wide range of utilities in treating inflammatory, allergic, autoimmune, metabolic, cancer and/or cardiovascular diseases. PCT Publication Nos. WO 2008/137435 Al, WO 2008/137436 Al, WO 2009/012277 Al, WO 2009/012275 Al and WO 2010/009183 Al, disclose compounds that activate GPR119. The references also disclose various processes to prepare these compounds.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0016] In accordance with the present invention, compounds are provided that have the general structure of Formula I:
Figure imgf000006_0001
I
or an enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, prodrug or salt thereof, wherein A, L, m, n o, p, R2, R3, R3', R4 and R5 are defined below.
[0017] Compounds of the present invention modulate the activity of G protein- coupled receptors. Preferably, compounds of the present invention modulate the activity of the GPR1 19 G protein-coupled receptor ("GPR119"). Consequently, the compounds of the present invention may be used in the treatment of multiple diseases or disorders associated with GPR1 19, such as diabetes and related conditions, microvascular complications associated with diabetes, the macrovascular
complications associated with diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, Metabolic Syndrome and its component conditions, obesity and other maladies. Examples of diseases or disorders associated with the modulation of the GPR119 G protein-coupled receptor that can be prevented, modulated, or treated according to the present invention include, but are not limited to, diabetes, hyperglycemia, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance, hyperinsulinemia, retinopathy, neuropathy, nephropathy, delayed wound healing, atherosclerosis and its sequelae, abnormal heart function, myocardial ischemia, stroke, Metabolic Syndrome, hypertension, obesity, dislipidemia, dyslipidemia, hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, low HDL, high LDL, non-cardiac ischemia, vascular restenosis, pancreatitis, neurodegenerative disease, lipid disorders, cognitive impairment and dementia, bone disease, HIV protease associated lipodystrophy and glaucoma.
[0018] In addition, the present invention relates to a formulated product wherein the selected formulation is made by using a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, as the only active ingredient or by combining (a) a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, (using any of the compound embodiments listed herein) and (b) an additional active ingredient, for example, dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DPP4) inhibitor (for example a member selected from saxagliptin, sitagliptin, vildagliptin and alogliptin).
[0019] In addition, the present invention relates to a formulated product wherein the selected formulation is made by using a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, as the only active ingredient or by combining (a) a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, (using any of the compound embodiments listed herein) and (b) a dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DPP4) inhibitor, wherein the DPP4 inhibitor is saxagliptin.
[0020] Therefore, in another embodiment, the present invention provides for compounds of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, and for methods of using such compounds. In particular, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples,, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[0021] Further, in another embodiment, the present invention provides a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of diseases or disorders associated with the activity of the GPRl 19 G protein-coupled receptor, such as defined above and hereinafter, wherein a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, is administered to a mammalian, i.e., human, patient in need of treatment.
[0022] The compounds of the invention can be used alone, in combination with other compounds of the present invention, or in combination with one or more other agent(s).
[0023] Further, the present invention provides a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the diseases as defined above and hereinafter, wherein a therapeutically effective amount of a combination of a compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, and another compound of Formula I, la, lb, and the examples, and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent, is administered to a mammalian, i.e., human, patient in need of treatment.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0024] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000008_0001
I
e erein:
Figure imgf000008_0002
m is 0, 1 or 2; n is 0-3;
o is 0-4;
p is 0, 1 or 2;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-R1,
Figure imgf000009_0001
or a 4- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and may be optionally substituted with one or more 2o's;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - R18Ri9, -0(C=0)- (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -0(C=0)NRi8Ri9; -(C1-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl-C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6_ io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-Ce)- alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, -CONRi8Ri9 or - RisRig; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen, -OH, halo, or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R4 IS (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (d-Q-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (C3-C12)-cycloalkyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - NRi8Ri9, -0(C=0)-(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -0(C=0)NRi8Ri9; -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl- C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci- C6)alkyloxy;
R5, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
or two Rs's are taken together with the atom or atoms to which both are attached to form a 3 - to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R20's;
or two Rs's may be taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a (Ci-C6)-alkyl bridging group, which may optionally contain 1-4
heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; Ri8 and R19, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
or Ri8 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
R20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONR28R29, - NR28R29, -0(C=0)-(d-C6)-alkyl, -0(C=0)NR28R29; -(d-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(d-C6)- alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONR28R29, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl- C02(d-C6)-alkyl, -0-P(=0)(OH)2, -0-CRlaRla-P(=0)(OH)2, -P(=0)(OH)2, (C6_ io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - CONR28 29, -NR28R29, -O^OXd-Cy-alkyl, -0(C=0)NR28R29; -(Ci-C6)- alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkylCONR28R29, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl-C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R28 and R29, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl; or R28 and R29 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
[0025] In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein the compounds compounds of formula la:
Figure imgf000011_0001
la.
[0026] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein the compounds are compounds of formula lb:
Figure imgf000012_0001
lb.
[0027] In still yet another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein:
R4 is a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein the heteroaryl, and heterocyclo are substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (d-Q -alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (C3-C12)-cycloalkyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - NRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(d- C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl-C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy.
[0028] In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein L is a bond.
[0029] In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein L is -CRiaRia-.
[0030] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein A is
Figure imgf000012_0002
[0031] In still yet another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein A is
Figure imgf000013_0001
[0032] In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein A is
Figure imgf000013_0002
[0033] In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein L is a bond and A
Figure imgf000013_0003
[0034] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein L is a bond and A is
Figure imgf000013_0004
[0035] In still yet another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein L is a bond and A is
Figure imgf000014_0001
[0036] In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers
A is
Figure imgf000014_0002
;
m is 0, 1 or 2;
n is 0-2;
o is 0-3;
p is 0, 1 or 2;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri, -C(=0)-Ri, -C(=0)-0-Ri, -C(=0)-NRiaRi or a 4- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci- C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - R18 i9, -0(C=0)-(Ci-C6)- alkyl, -0(C=0)NRi8Ri9; -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl-C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6_ io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C6)alkyl; R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-Ce)- alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, -CO Ris i9 or -NR^R^; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen, -OH or halo;
R4 IS (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - C02(C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci- C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - R18R19, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkylCONRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl-C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R5, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
or two Rs's are taken together with the atom or atoms to which both are attached to form a 3 - to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R20's;
Ri8 and Rig, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
or Ri8 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's; R20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONR28R29, - NR28R29, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci- C6)-alkylCONR28R29, -(d-^-alkyl-CO.Cd-^-alkyl, -0-P(=0)(OH)2, -O- CRiaRia-P(=0)(OH)2, -P(=0)(OH)2, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci- C6)-alkyl, -C02(C1-C6)-alkyl, -CONR28R29, -NR28R29, -0(C=0)-(C1-C6)-alkyl, - 0(C=0)NR28R29; -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONR28R29, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl-C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6_ io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R28 and R29, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl; or R28 and R29 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
[0037] In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantio
Figure imgf000016_0001
m is 0, 1 or 2;
n is 0-2;
o is 0-2; p is 0, 1 or 2;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri, -C(=0)-Ri, -C(=0)-0-Rb -C(=0)-NRiaRi or a 4- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci- C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - R18R19, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(d- C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C6)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)- alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, -CONRisRi9 or - RisR^; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen, -OH or halo;
R4 is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C3-Ci2)- cycloalkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - R18Ri9, -(Ci-C6)- alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONRi8 i9, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R5, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
or two Rs's are taken together with the atom or atoms to which both are attached to form a 3 - to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R20's;
Ri8 and R19, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
or Ri8 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
R20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONR28R29, - NR28R29, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONR28R29, -O- P(=0)(OH)2, -0-CRlaRla-P(=0)(OH)2, -P(=0)(OH)2, (C6_10)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONR28R29, -NR28R29, -0(C=0)- (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -0(C=0)NR28R29; -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkylCONR28R29, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci- C6)alkyloxy; R28 and R29, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-Cs)alkyl; or R28 and R29 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
[0038] In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds,
Figure imgf000019_0001
m is 0, 1 or 2;
n is 0-2;
0 is 0-1 ;
p is 0, 1 or 2;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri, -C(=0)-Ri, -C(=0)-0-Ri, -C(=0)-NRiaRi or a 4- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - R18R19, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C5)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)- alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano or - RisRw; wherein any alkyl, may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - R18Ri9, - (Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen, -OH or halo;
R4 is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)- alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - R18R19, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(d-C6)alkyl, and halo(d-C6)alkyloxy;
R5, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
Ri8 and Rig, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
or Ri8 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
R20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NR28R29, - (C1-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(d-Q -alkylOH, -0-P(=0)(OH)2, -0-CRlaRla-P(=0)(OH)2, P(=0)(OH)2, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-Ce)- alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -COzCCi-QO-alkyl, -NR28R29, -0(C=0)-(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -(d-Q -alkylCOOH, -(d- C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci- C6)alkyloxy;
R2s and R2g, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl; or R28 and R¾ are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
[0039] In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds,
Figure imgf000021_0001
m is 0, 1 or 2;
n is 0-2;
o is 0;
p is 0, 1 or 2;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri, -C(=0)-Ri, -C(=0)-0-Ri, or -C(=0)-NRiaRi; Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl or (C6-io)aryl; wherein the alkyl and aryl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, - CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - R18Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-Ce)- alkyloxy, cyano or - R18R19; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-Ce)- alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen or halo;
R4 is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)- alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, (C1-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(d-C6)-alkyl, -C02(d-C6)-alkyl, - R18Ri9, - (Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ri8 and Rig, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
R20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NR28R29, - (Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(d- C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NR28R29, -0(C=0)-(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -(Ci-C6)- alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered
heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R28 and R2g, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl.
[0040] In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantio
Figure imgf000023_0001
m is 0, 1 or 2;
n is 0-2;
o is 0;
p is 0, 1 or 2;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri, -C(=0)-Ri or -C(=0)-0-Ri;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl; wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - R18Ri9, -(Ci- C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano or - RisR^; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-Ce)- alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen or halo;
R4 IS -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6_ io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, (C1-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(d-C6)-alkyl, -C02(d-C6)-alkyl, - R18Ri9, - (Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ri8 and Rig, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
R20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, - CO(C1-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C1-C6)-alkyl, -NR28R29, -(C1-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(d-C6)- alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, - COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NR28R29, -0(C=0)-(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - (Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy; R28 and R29, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl.
[0041] In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds,
reof, wherein:
Figure imgf000025_0001
m is 0, 1 or 2;
n is 0-2;
0 is 0;
p is 0 or 1 ;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri or -C(=0)-Ri;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl; wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - R18Ri9, (C6- io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-Ce)- alkyloxy, cyano or - R18R19; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-Ce)- alkyl, (C1-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - RisRi9, -(C1-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen or halo;
R4 IS -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C3-C12)-cycloalkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C6)- alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - R18Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ri8 and R 9, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
R20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C6)- alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NR28R29, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)- alkyl, -NR2sR29, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R28 and R2g, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl.
[0042] In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantio reof, wherein:
Figure imgf000026_0001
m is 0 or
n is 0-2;
0 is 0;
p is 0 or 1 L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri or -C(=0)-Ri;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl; wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)- alkyloxy or cyano; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen, F, or CI; and
R4 IS -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)-alkyl or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alky and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, (C1-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy.
[0043] In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein:
Figure imgf000027_0001
n is 0-2;
o is 0;
is 1 ;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri or -C(=0)-Ri ;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl; wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen or F; and
R4 is -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy.
[0044] In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds, enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, or salts thereof, wherein:
Figure imgf000028_0001
n is 0-2;
o is 0;
is 1 ;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-R1;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl; wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: F, CI, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl or phenyl;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, CI, F, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen; and
R4 is -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl, which is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (C1-C6)- alkyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1- 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy.
[0045] The terms "Formula I", "Formula la", "Formula lb" and all embodiments thereof shall include enantiomers, diastereomers, prodrugs, solvates and salts thereof (particularly enantiomers, diastereomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof).
[0046] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of Formula I, or an enantiomer, a diastereomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is selected from one of the examples, preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 11, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49.
[0047] For each of the embodiments described in this application, further and more particular values of the terms used in each of the embodiments may be selected. These values may be used individually in any of the embodiments or in any combination. It is noted that for any occurrences of "=0", these may be used with suitable accommodation in the bond structure at that site as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art. [0048] In one embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of modulating the activity of the GPR1 19 G protein-coupled receptor comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 11, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
[0049] In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of diseases or disorders associated with the activity of the GPR119 G protein-coupled receptor comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
[0050] Examples of diseases or disorders associated with the activity of the GPR119 G protein-coupled receptor that can be prevented, modulated, or treated according to the present invention include, but are not limited to, diabetes, hyperglycemia, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance, hyperinsulinemia, retinopathy, neuropathy, nephropathy, delayed wound healing, atherosclerosis and its sequelae, abnormal heart function, myocardial ischemia, stroke, Metabolic Syndrome, hypertension, obesity, dislipidemia, dyslipidemia, hyperlipidemia,
hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, low HDL, high LDL, non-cardiac ischemia, infection, cancer, vascular restenosis, pancreatitis, neurodegenerative disease, lipid disorders, cognitive impairment and dementia, bone disease, HIV protease associated lipodystrophy and glaucoma.
[0051] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of diabetes,
hyperglycemia, obesity, dyslipidemia, hypertension and cognitive impairment comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
[0052] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of diabetes, comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
[0053] In yet another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of hyperglycemia comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
[0054] In still yet another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of obesity comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
[0055] In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of dyslipidemia comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
[0056] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for preventing, modulating, or treating the progression or onset of hypertension comprising administering to a mammalian patient, for example, a human patient, in need of prevention, modulation, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 1 1, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49, alone, or, optionally, in combination with another compound of the present invention and/or at least one other type of therapeutic agent.
[0057] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a formulated product, for example a spray dried dispersion, wherein the selected formulation is made by combining (a) a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 11, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49 (using any of the compound embodiments listed above), and (b) a dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DPP4) inhibitor (for example, a member selected from saxagliptin, sitagliptin, vildagliptin and alogliptin).
[0058] In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a formulated product, for example a spray dried dispersion, wherein the selected formulation is made by combining (a) a compound of Formula I, la or lb, preferably, a compound selected from one of the examples, more preferably examples 4, 6, 8, 11, 37, 38, 43, 49 and 50, even more preferably, examples 4, 11, 38, 43 and 49 (using any of the compound embodiments listed above), and (b) a dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DPP4) inhibitor, wherein the DPP4 inhibitor is saxagliptin.
[0059] The invention may be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the spirit or essential attributes thereof. This invention also encompasses all combinations of alternative aspects of the invention noted herein. It is understood that any and all embodiments of the present invention may be taken in conjunction with any other embodiment to describe additional embodiments of the present invention. Furthermore, any elements of an embodiment may be combined with any and all other elements from any of the embodiments to describe additional embodiments.
DEFINITIONS
[0060] The compounds herein described may have asymmetric centers.
Compounds of the present invention containing an asymmetrically substituted atom may be isolated in optically active or racemic forms. It is well known in the art how to prepare optically active forms, such as by resolution of racemic forms or by synthesis from optically active starting materials. Many geometric isomers of olefins, C=N double bonds, and the like can also be present in the compounds described herein, and all such stable isomers are contemplated in the present invention. Cis and trans geometric isomers of the compounds of the present invention are described and may be isolated as a mixture of isomers or as separated isomeric forms. All chiral, diastereomeric, racemic forms and all geometric isomeric forms of a structure are intended, unless the specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated.
[0061] One enantiomer of a compound of Formula I, la or lb may display superior activity compared with the other. Thus, all of the stereochemistries are considered to be a part of the present invention. When required, separation of the racemic material can be achieved by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) using a chiral column or by a resolution using a resolving agent such as camphonic chloride as in Young, S.D. et al, Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, 2602-2605 (1995). [0062] To the extent that compounds of Formula I, la or lb, and salts thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form, all such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention.
[0063] The term "substituted," as used herein, means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom or ring is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's or ring atom's normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. When a substituent is keto (i.e., =0), then 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced.
[0064] When any variable (e.g., R5) occurs more than one time in any constituent or formula for a compound, its definition at each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Thus, for example, if a group is shown to be substituted with (Rs)n and n is 0-3, then said group may optionally be substituted with up to three R5 groups and R5 at each occurrence is selected independently from the definition of R5. Also, combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
[0065] When a bond to a substituent is shown to cross a bond connecting two atoms in a ring, then such substituent may be bonded to any atom on the ring. When a substituent is listed without indicating the atom via which such substituent is bonded to the rest of the compound of a given formula, then such substituent may be bonded via any atom in such substituent. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
[0066] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "alkyl" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups containing 1 to 20 carbons, preferably 1 to 10 carbons, more preferably 1 to 8 carbons, in the normal chain, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, ?-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, 4,4-dimethylpentyl, octyl, 2,2,4-trimethyl-pentyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, the various branched chain isomers thereof, and the like as well as such groups may optionally include 1 to 4 substituents such as halo, for example F, Br, CI, or I, or CF3, alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aryl(aryl) or diaryl, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyloxy, amino, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyl,
heteroarylalkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, alkylthio, arylalkylthio, aryloxyaryl, alkylamido, alkanoylamino, arylcarbonylamino, nitro, cyano, thiol, haloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, and/or alkylthio.
[0067] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "alkenyl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers to straight or branched chain radicals of 2 to 20 carbons, preferably 2 to 12 carbons, and more preferably 2 to 8 carbons in the normal chain, which include one to six double bonds in the normal chain, such as vinyl, 2- propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 4-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 2- heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, 3-octenyl, 3-nonenyl, 4-decenyl, 3-undecenyl, 4- dodecenyl, 4,8, 12-tetradecatrienyl, and the like, and which may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents, namely, halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, amino, hydroxy, heteroaryl,
cycloheteroalkyl, alkanoylamino, alkylamido, arylcarbonyl-amino, nitro, cyano, thiol, alkylthio, and/or any of the alkyl substituents set out herein.
[0068] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "alkynyl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers to straight or branched chain radicals of 2 to 20 carbons, preferably 2 to 12 carbons and more preferably 2 to 8 carbons in the normal chain, which include one triple bond in the normal chain, such as 2-propynyl, 3- butynyl, 2-butynyl, 4-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 2-heptynyl, 3- heptynyl, 4-heptynyl, 3-octynyl, 3-nonynyl, 4-decynyl,3-undecynyl, 4-dodecynyl, and the like, and which may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents, namely, halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, amino, heteroaryl, cycloheteroalkyl, hydroxy, alkanoylamino, alkylamido,
arylcarbonylamino, nitro, cyano, thiol, and/or alkylthio, and/or any of the alkyl substituents set out herein.
[0069] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "cycloalkyl" as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes saturated or partially unsaturated
(containing 1 or 2 double bonds) cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing 1 to 10 rings, preferably 1 to 3 rings, including monocyclic alkyl, bicyclic alkyl (or bicycloalkyl) and tricyclic alkyl, containing a total of 3 to 20 carbons forming the ring, preferably 3 to 15 carbons, more preferably 3 to 10 carbons, forming the ring and which may be fused to 1 or 2 aromatic rings as described for aryl, which includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl, cyclododecyl, cyclohexenyl,
Figure imgf000036_0001
any of which groups may be optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents such as halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylamido, alkanoylamino, oxo, acyl, arylcarbonylamino, amino, nitro, cyano, thiol, and/or alkylthio, and/or any of the substituents for alkyl. [0070] Where alkyl groups as defined above have single bonds for attachment to other groups at two different carbon atoms, they are termed "alkylene" groups and may optionally be substituted as defined above for "alkyl".
[0071] Where alkenyl groups as defined above and alkynyl groups as defined above, respectively, have single bonds for attachment at two different carbon atoms, they are termed "alkenyl ene groups" and "alkynylene groups", respectively, and may optionally be substituted as defined above for "alkenyl" and "alkynyl".
[0072] "Halo" or "halogen" as used herein refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo; and "haloalkyl" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, for example CF3, having the specified number of carbon atoms, substituted with 1 or more halogen (for example -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l)).
[0073] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "aryl" as employed herein alone or as part of another group refers to monocyclic and bicyclic aromatic groups containing 6 to 10 carbons in the ring portion (such as phenyl or naphthyl, including 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl) and may optionally include 1 to 3 additional rings fused to a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring (such as aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or cycloheteroalkyl rings, for example,
Figure imgf000037_0001
and may be optionally substituted through available carbon atoms with 1, 2, or 3 substituents, for example, hydrogen, halo, haloalkyl, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, alkenyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, alkynyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, arylalkoxy, arylthio, arylazo, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylheteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, substituted amino wherein the amino includes 1 or 2 substituents (which are alkyl, aryl, or any of the other aryl compounds mentioned in the definitions), thiol, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, arylthioalkyl, alkoxyarylthio, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylamino, or arylsulfonaminocarbonyl, and/or any of the alkyl substituents set out herein.
[0074] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "lower alkoxy", "alkoxy", "aryloxy" or "aralkoxy" as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes any of the above alkyl, aralkyl, or aryl groups linked to an oxygen atom.
[0075] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "amino" as employed herein alone or as part of another group refers to amino that may be substituted with one or two substituents, which may be the same or different, such as alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or thioalkyl. In addition, the amino substituents may be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-azepinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 4- thiamorpholinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 4-alkyl-l-piperazinyl, 4-arylalkyl-l-piperazinyl, 4- diarylalkyl-l-piperazinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, or 1-azepinyl, optionally substituted with alkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, halo, trifluoromethyl, or hydroxy.
[0076] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "lower alkylthio," "alkylthio," "arylthio," or "aralkylthio" as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes any of the above alkyl, aralkyl, or aryl groups linked to a sulfur atom.
[0077] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "lower alkylamino," "alkylamino," "arylamino," or "arylalkylamino" as employed herein alone or as part of another group includes any of the above alkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl groups linked to a nitrogen atom.
[0078] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "heterocyclyl" is intended to mean a stable 4- to 14-membered monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic heterocyclic ring which is saturated or partially unsaturated and which consists of carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, NH, O and S and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring. The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized. The heterocyclic ring may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom, which results in a stable structure. The heterocyclic rings described herein may be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. If specifically noted, a nitrogen in the heterocycle may optionally be quaternized. It is preferred that when the total number of S and O atoms in the heterocycle exceeds 1, then these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another.
[0079] Examples of heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidonyl, 4- piperidonyl, chromanyl, decahydroquinolinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-£]tetrahydrofuran, indolinyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyloctahydroisoquinolinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl,
tetrahydroquinolinyl, morpholinyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyranyl, dihydropyranyl, 1,4-dioxanyl and 1,3-dioxanyl. Also included are fused ring and spiro compounds containing, for example, the above heterocycles.
[0080] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "heteroaryl" is intended to mean a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic aromatic ring which consists of carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S and is aromatic in nature.
[0081] Examples of heteroaryls are lH-indazole, 2H,6H-l,5,2-dithiazinyl, indolyl, 4aH-carbazole, 4H-quinolizinyl, 6H-l,2,5-thiadiazinyl, acridinyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazalonyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, β-carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-l,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro-[2,3- &]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl (benzimidazolyl), isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3- oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinylperimidinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pteridinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolotriazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole,
pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, carbolinyl,
6H-l,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4- thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl, triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, and xanthenyl. In another aspect of the invention, examples of heteroaryls are indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazalonyl, cinnolinyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolotriazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, and tetrazolyl. [0082] The term " heterocyclylalkyl" as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to heterocyclyl groups as defined above linked through a C atom or heteroatom to an alkyl chain.
[0083] The term "heteroarylalkyl" or "heteroarylalkenyl" as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to a heteroaryl group as defined above linked through a C atom or heteroatom to an alkyl chain, alkylene, or alkenylene as defined above.
[0084] The term "cyano" as used herein, refers to a -CN group.
[0085] The term "nitro" as used herein, refers to an -N02 group.
[0086] The term "hydroxy" as used herein, refers to an OH group.
[0087] The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
[0088] As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from nontoxic inorganic or organic acids. For example, such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, and the like.
[0089] The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington 's
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, p. 1418 (1985), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
[0090] Any compound that can be converted in vivo to provide the bioactive agent (i.e., a compound of Formula I, la or lb) is a prodrug within the scope and spirit of the invention.
[0091] The term "prodrugs" as employed herein includes esters and carbonates formed by reacting one or more hydroxyls of compounds of Formula I, la or lb with alkyl, alkoxy or aryl substituted acylating agents employing procedures known to those skilled in the art to generate acetates, pivalates, methylcarbonates, benzoates, and the like.
[0092] Various forms of prodrugs are well known in the art and are described in: a) Wermuth, C.G. et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry, Chapter
31, Academic Press (1996);
b) Design of Prodrugs, H. Bundgaard, ed., Elsevier (1985);
c) Bundgaard, FL, Chapter 5, "Design and Application of Prodrugs," A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, pp. 113-191, P. Krosgaard-Larsen et al, eds., Harwood Academic Publishers (1991); and
d) Testa, B. et al, Hydrolysis in Drug and Prodrug Metabolism, Wiley - VCH (2003).
[0093] Said references are incorporated herein by reference, particularly as to the description of prodrugs .
[0094] In addition, compounds of Formula I, la, or lb are, subsequent to their preparation, preferably isolated and purified to obtain a composition containing an amount by weight equal to or greater than 99% of a compound of Formula I, la or lb ("substantially pure" compound), which is then used or formulated as described herein. Such "substantially pure" compounds of Formula I, la or lb are also contemplated herein as part of the present invention. [0095] All stereoisomers of the compounds of the instant invention are contemplated, either in admixture or in pure or substantially pure form. The compounds of the present invention can have asymmetric centers at any of the carbon atoms including any one of the R substituents and/or exhibit polymorphism.
Consequently, compounds of Formula I, la or lb can exist in enantiomeric, or diastereomeric forms, or in mixtures thereof. The processes for preparation can utilize racemates, enantiomers, or diastereomers as starting materials. When diastereomeric or enantiomeric products are prepared, they can be separated by conventional methods for example, chromatographic or fractional crystallization.
[0096] The invention also includes isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention, wherein one or more atoms is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes suitable for inclusion in the compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, such as 2H and 3H, carbon such as nC, 13C, and 14C, chlorine, such as 36C1, fluorine such as 18F, iodine, such as 123I and 125I, nitrogen, such as 13N and 15N, oxygen, such as 150, 170, and 180, phosphorus, such as 32P, and sulfur, such as 35S. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention, for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, 3H, and carbon- 14, 14C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection. Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, 2H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increase in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
11 18 15 13
Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as C, F, O, and N, can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy.
[0097] Isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described herein, using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent otherwise employed. [0098] "Stable compound" and "stable structure" are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent. The present invention is intended to embody stable compounds.
[0099] "Therapeutically effective amount" is intended to include an amount of a compound of the present invention alone or an amount of the combination of compounds claimed or an amount of a compound of the present invention in combination with other active ingredients effective to modulate GPR119 or effective to treat or prevent various disorders.
[00100] As used herein, "treating" or "treatment" cover the treatment of a disease- state in a mammal, particularly in a human, and include: (a) preventing the disease- state from occurring in a mammal, in particular, when such mammal is predisposed to the disease-state but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (b) modulating the disease-state, i.e., arresting it development; and/or (c) relieving the disease-state, i.e., causing regression of the disease state.
SYNTHESIS
[00101] The compounds of the present invention can be prepared in a number of ways well known to one skilled in the art of organic synthesis. The compounds of the present invention can be synthesized using the methods described below, together with synthetic methods known in the art of synthetic organic chemistry, or variations thereof as appreciated by those skilled in the art. Preferred methods include, but are not limited to, those described below. All references cited herein are hereby incorporated in their entirety by reference.
[00102] The novel compounds of Formula I may be prepared using the reactions and techniques described in this section. The reactions are performed in solvents appropriate to the reagents and materials employed and are suitable for the transformations being effected. Also, in the description of the synthetic methods described below, it is to be understood that all proposed reaction conditions, including solvent, reaction atmosphere, reaction temperature, duration of the experiment and workup procedures, are chosen to be the conditions standard for that reaction, which should be readily recognized by one skilled in the art. One skilled in the art of organic synthesis understands that the functionality present on various portions of the molecule must be compatible with the reagents and reactions proposed. Not all compounds of Formula I falling into a given class may be compatible with some of the reaction conditions required in some of the methods described. Such restrictions to the substituents, which are compatible with the reaction conditions, will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art and alternate methods must be used.
[00103] The following are the definitions of symbols used throughout Schemes 1 to 7: P* is a suitable nitrogen or oxygen protecting group, exemplified by benzyl, t- butoxycarbonyl- [BOC], benzyloxycarbonyl- [CBZ], or ?-butyl groups; X is a leaving group exemplified by halogen (CI, Br, I) and OTf.
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000045_0001
[00104] Scheme 1 describes a method of preparing compounds of formula I-aa and I-bb (subsets of compounds of formula I). Substituted 2-hydroxybenzaldehyde II (commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art) can be reacted with chloromethyl trimethylsilane in the presence of base (such as K2CO3) and Nal to afford alkylation product, which can be cyclized to III upon heating with KF. Ill can be dehydrated using dehydrating agent such as sulfuryl chloride or thionyl chloride to afford substituted benzofuran IV. Deprotonation at the 2-position of IV using base such as BuLi, followed by reaction with appropriate N-protected ketone V affords VI. The transformation of VI to VIII can be achieved through reduction and protecting group manipulation (all known in literature or known to one skilled in the art). For example, Et3SiH/TFA can be used to remove the benzylic hydroxy group, while Pd-C/H2 can be used to reduce the double bond to form the dihydrobenzofuran. Bromination of VIII can take place in Br2/CHCl3 or NBS/HOAc to afford IX. The deprotection of Boc- group can be achieved in TFA/CH2CI2 or HCl in dioxane to afford secondary amine X. The installation of R4 group on N can be achieved using the procedure depicted in Scheme 2-3. Boronic acids or borates XII with an appropriate protecting group on nitrogen (commercially available or can be prepared), can be coupled with intermediates XI via Suzuki coupling protocol. For a review and leading references of palladium catalyzed cross coupling reactions, see: (a) Miyaura, N. et al, Chem. Rev., 2457 (1995); (b) Yin, L. et al, Chem. Rev., 107(1): 133-173 (2007). One such procedure entails treatment of the aryl bromide XI with a functionalized vinyl boronic acids in the presence of a catalytic Pd(0) species, such as Pd(PPh3)4, Pd(PPh3)2Cl2, Pd(OAc)2, Pd2(dba)3 and a suitable ligand such as PPI13, AsPh3, etc., or other such Pd(0) catalyst, and a base such as a2C03, K2CO3, Ba(OH)2 or Et3N in a suitable solvent such as DMF, toluene, THF, DME, 1,4-dioxane or the like, to afford XIII. The protecting group of XIII can be removed by appropriate methods well known to those skilled in the art to give secondary amine XIV, which further reacts with sulfonyl chloride R1SO2CI (commercially available or can be prepared by the methods known to one skilled in the art) in the presence of base such as Et3N affords sulfonamide I-aa. Compounds I-bb can be produced by reduction of I-aa under H2 atmosphere with appropriate catalysts, such as Pd/C, by a number of conditions that are routine for those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000047_0001
(Xld)
where
Figure imgf000047_0002
g
eterocyc es
X is halogen or TfO
[00105] Scheme 2 describes a method of preparing intermediates XIa-XId for Suzuki coupling reaction used in Scheme 1. For example, X can react R7-C(0)-C1 or R7CO2H (commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art) to form amide XIa. X can react with chloroformate R70C(0)-C1 (commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art) to form carbamate Xlb. X can also react with a sulfonyl chloride R7SO2CI (commercially available or prepared by the methods known to one skilled in the art), in the presence of base such as Ets to afford sulfonamide XIc. Furthermore, X can react with 5- or 6-membered ring heteroaryl halides via displacement or via metal catalyzed N-arylation reaction reported in literature or other methods known to one skilled in the art to afford Xld. Scheme 3
Figure imgf000048_0001
( ij)
[00106] Scheme 3 describes a method of preparing intermediates Xle-XIj for Suzuki coupling reaction used in Scheme 1. For example, X can be converted to Xle through three-step reaction sequences including amide coupling and deprotection of amine protecting group both of which are known to one skilled in the art. Upon treating with Lawesson's reagent or other thiotransfer/dehydrating agents in an appropriate solvent such as xylene at an elevated temperature such as reflux, desired thiazole Xlf can be obtained. In another approach, X can react with cyanogen bromide in a suitable solvent such as aqueous a2C03 and dichloromethane to form Xlg, which can be converted to Xlh by treating with hydroxylamine in an appropriate solvent such as ethanol at elevated temperature such as 60 °C. Intermediate Xlh can be reacted with R8-AE (wherein AE stands for a functional group selected from - CO2H, -CO2R', etc) using any of the protocols known in the literature (references for such transformation include Tetrahedron Lett., 47:3629 (2006), and J. Med. Chem., 47:5821 (2004), but does not exclude others known to one skilled in the art) to afford Xlk. Intermediate Xlg can also be reacted with
Figure imgf000049_0001
(commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art) in the presence of a Lewis acid (such as ZnC¾) at certain temperature (such as reflux) to afford Xli. Intermediate Xlg can also be reacted with a 3 at elevated temperature (such as reflux) to form a tetrazole, which can be further converted to Xlj via standard alkylation reaction with Rs-X (where X is leaving group such as CI, Br, I, etc).
Scheme 4
Figure imgf000049_0002
[00107] Scheme 4 describes a method of preparing compounds I-cc (a subset of formula la). Treatment of aryl bromide derivatives XI with mono-protected piperizine derivatives XV, which are commercially available or can be prepared by many methods known in the art, in the presence of a Pd(0) catalyst, such as Pd2(dba)3, Pd(PPh3)4 or Pd(PPh3)2Cl2, and suitable ligand such ΒΓΝΑΡ or PPh3, and a base such as ?-BuONa or Cs2C03 in a suitable solvent such as DMF, toluene, THF, DME, or the like, affords XVI. Intermediate XVI can then be deprotected to form XVII, which can be further converted to I-cc by following the procedure described in Scheme 1. Scheme 5
Figure imgf000050_0001
(l-ff)
[00108] Scheme 5 describes a method of preparing compounds I-dd, I-ee, and I-ff (subsets of formula la). The reaction sequences have been adapted from Scheme 1 except using different ketone or aldehyde XVIII to replace V. By following Scheme 1 and Scheme 4, I-dd, I-ee, and I-ff can be prepared by one skilled in the art.
Scheme 6
Figure imgf000051_0001
(i-gg) (l-hh)
Figure imgf000051_0002
(l-ii)
[00109] Scheme 6 describes a method of preparing compounds I-gg, I-hh, and I-ii (subsets of compounds of formula I). Grignard reagent XXV, obtained from substituted benzyl bromide XXIV (commercially available or prepared by the methods known to one skilled in the art) and magnesium, can react with ketone XXVI to form tertiary alcohol XXVII. The Ullmann type ether formation of XXVII can be catalyzed by transition metal such as Pd and Cu with appropriate ligand in elevated temperature (this type reaction has been extensively studied in literature, see: J. Org. Chem., 74(14):5075-5078 (2009) and the references cited therein) to afford XXVIII. The transformation of XXVIII to I-gg, I-hh, and I-ii can be achieved using the procedure depicted in Schemes 1-4.
Scheme 7
Figure imgf000052_0001
(XXXV) (XXVIII)
[00110] Scheme 7 describes an alternative method of preparing the intermediates XXVIII used in Scheme 6. Metallation of XXXII with M+ such as BuLi or j'-PrMgBr affords XXXIII in situ, which can be subjected to epoxide ring opening with XXXIV (commercially available or prepared by the method known to one skilled in the art) in the presence of Lewis acid such as BF3 etherate or a transition metal such as C¾S to afford XXXV. Upon heating XXXV with base such as KH or NaH, intermediates XXVIII can be obtained.
ABBREVIATIONS
[00111] The following abbreviations are employed in the Examples and elsewhere herein: AC2O = acetic anhydride; AcOH = acetic acid; ΒΓΝΑΡ = rac-2,2'- bis(diphenylphosphino)- l, l '-binaphthyl; BOC = tert-butoxycarbonyl; B0C2O = di- tert-butyl dicarbonate; B¾ = bromine; CBZ = benzyloxycarbonyl; CDCI3 = chloroform-<i; CH2CI2 = methylene chloride; CHCI3 = chloroform; CS2CO3 = cesium carbonate; CsF = cesium fluoride; DAST = diethylaminosulfur trifluoride; DEAD = diethyl azodicarboxylate; DIEA = diisopropylethylamine; DME = dimethoxyethane; DMF = N,N-dimethylformamide; DMSO = dimethyl sulfoxide; EtOAc = ethyl acetate; EtOH = ethanol; Et3 = triethylamine; Et20 = diethyl ether; EtsSiH = triethylsilane; HPLC or LC = high performance liquid chromatography; ¾ = iodine; K2CO3 = potassium carbonate; KH = potassium hydride; KOH = potassium hydroxide; L1AIH4 (or LAH) = lithium aluminum hydride; mCPBA = m- chloroperoxybenzoic acid; MeOH = methanol; MgS04 = magnesium sulfate; MS or Mass Spec = mass spectrometry; NaCl = sodium chloride; NaH = sodium hydride; aHC03 = sodium bicarbonate; Nal = sodium iodide; a2S04 = sodium sulfate; a2C03 = sodium carbonate; NaOH = sodium hydroxide; a2H2S205 = sodium metabisulfite; NBS = N-bromosuccinimide; Pd-C = palladium(O) on carbon;
Pd2(dba)3 = tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0); Pd(Pli3P)4 =
tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0); Pd(dppf)Ci2 = [1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)-ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II); Pd(OAc)2 = palladium(II) acetate; Ph3PCl2 = triphenylphosphine dichloride; P* = protecting group; POCI3 = phosphorus oxychloride; ?-BuONa = sodium tert-butoxide; TFA = trifluoroacetic acid; THF = tetrahydrofuran; SOCI2 = thionyl chloride; min = minute(s); h or hr = hour(s); L = liter(s); mL or ml = milliliter(s); or μΐ = microliter(s); g or gm = gram(s); mg = milligram(s); mol = moles; mmol = millimole(s); M = molar; nM = nanomolar; [M+H] = parent plus a proton; rt = room temperature; MS = low resolution mass spectrometry; and NMR = nuclear magnetic resonance.
Example 1
4-(7-Fluoro-5-(l -(propylsulfonyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-2,3- dihyd n-4-ol
Figure imgf000053_0001
Compound 1A. 3-Fluoro-2-((trimethylsilyl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
Figure imgf000054_0001
[00112] To a suspension of 3-fluoro-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (4.18 g, 29.8 mmol) and K2C03 (12.25 g, 89 mmol) in DMF (81 mL) was added
(chloromethyl)trimethylsilane (4.06 g, 33.1 mmol) and al (4.96 g, 33.1 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the mixture was heated in 65 °C oil bath overnight. After this time, the mixture was cooled to rt, quenched with water (20 mL) and then extracted with Εί20 (2 X 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H20 (2 X 15 mL), dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated to afford Compound 1A as a light yellow oil (6.7 g, 98% yield). XH NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 10.41 (s, 1 H), 7.60 (dd, J=9.1, 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (ddd, J=11.8, 8.3, 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.01 - 7.12 (m, 1 H), 4.01 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 2 H), 0.17 - 0.21 (m, 9 H). 19F NMR (471 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm -129.13.
Compound IB. 7-Fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-3-ol
Figure imgf000054_0002
[00113] A mixture of 3-fluoro-2-((trimethylsilyl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (6.75 g, 29.8 mmol) and CsF (13.73 g, 90 mmol) in DMF (88 mL) were heated in 95 °C oil bath for 3 days. At the conclusion of this period, the reaction was analyzed by HPLC, which showed the starting material had disappeared. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with aqueous NaHC03 and extracted with Et20 (3 X 15 mL), followed by EtOAc (3 X 15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (25 mL), brine (25 mL), dried (MgS04), and concentrated to afford Compound IB as a brown oil (4.6 g). The crude product was used in next step without further purification.
Compound 1C. 7-Fluorobenzofuran
Figure imgf000055_0001
[00114] To a solution of 7-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-3-ol (4.6 g, 29.8 mmol) in pyridine (93 mL) at 0 °C was added SOCI2 (21.7 mL, 298 mmol) dropwise. Upon completion of addition, the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1.5 h. At the conclusion of this period, the reaction mixture was carefully quenched with aqueous aHC03 (saturated, 100 mL) to reach a pH = 9. Once at the prescribed pH, the reaction mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (4 X 15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with aqueous NaHCCh (5%, 40 mL), water (40 mL), and then concentrated to yield the crude product. The crude product was dissolved in CH2CI2 (50 mL), washed with aqueous HC1 (1 N, 5 X 10 mL), and then water (40 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to afford Compound 1C as a brown oil (2.56 g). ¾ NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 7.67 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.33 - 7.40 (m, 1 H), 7.17 (td, J=8.0, 4.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 (dd, J=10.7, 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.79 - 6.85 (m, 1 H).
Compound ID. tert-Butyl 4-(7-fluorobenzofuran-2-yl)-4-hydroxypiperidine-l- carboxylate
Figure imgf000055_0002
[00115] To a solution of 7-fluorobenzofuran (0.3 g, 1.807 mmol) in dry THF (4.8 mL) at -78 °C under an argon atmosphere was slowly added BuLi (1.3 mL, 2.078 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 20 min. After this time, a solution of tert-butyl 4-oxopiperidine-l-carboxylate (0.36 g, 1.807 mmol) in THF (2.4 mL) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was warmed to -40 °C, where it stirred for 2 hrs. At the conclusion of this period, the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NH4C1 (saturated, 5 mL) and then extracted with EtOAc (3 X 5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (2 X 4 mL), brine (5 mL), dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/EtOAc gradient 0 to 60% EtOAc) to afford Compound ID as a white solid (530 mg, 94.7% purity, 83% yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 7.30 (dd, J=7.8, 1.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.14 (td, J=7.9, 4.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.96 - 7.07 (m, 1 H), 6.64 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.86 (br. s., 2 H), 3.39 (t, J=l 1.1 Hz, 2 H), 2.44 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.08 - 2.21 (m, 2 H), 1.90 - 2.02 (m, 2 H), 1.44 - 1.50 (m, 9 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 336 (M+H)+.
Compound IE. tert-Butyl 4-(7-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)-4- hydroxypiperidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000056_0001
[00116] To a degassed solution of tert-butyl 4-(7-fluorobenzofuran-2-yl)-4- hydroxypiperidine-1 -carboxylate (0.52 g, 1.55 mmol) in EtOH (9.62 mL) was added 10% Pd-C (0.495 g, 0.465 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was charged with 55 psi of H2 overnight. After the conclusion of this period, the Pd- C was filtered off through a pad of CELITE®, and the filter cake was rinsed with EtOH. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford Compound IE as a light yellow solid (0.404 g, 77% yield).
Compound IF. 4-(7-Fluoro-2, -dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin-4-ol hydrochloride
Figure imgf000056_0002
[00117] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(7-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)-4- hydroxypiperidine-1 -carboxylate (0.404 g, 1.197 mmol) in MeOH (7.04 mL) was added HC1 in dioxane (4 M, 4.4 mL, 17.48 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. After this time, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford Compound IF as a light yellow solid (0.38 g, 100% yield). LC/MS (m/z) = 238 (M+H)+.
Compound 1G. 4-(5-Bromo-7-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin-4-ol
Figure imgf000057_0001
[00118] To a solution of 4-(7-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin-4-ol hydrochloride (380 mg, 1.388 mmol) in MeOH (11.1 mL) at 0 °C was added NBS (235 mg, 1.319 mmol) in one portion. Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then quenched with aqueous a2H2S205 (10%, 5 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield a residue. The residue was diluted with (¾(¾ (5 mL), washed with aqueous NaOH (1 N, 3 mL) and brine (3 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (K2CO3), filtered, and concentrated to afford Compound 1G as a white solid (0.168 g, 38% yield). LC/MS (m/z) = 317 (M+H)+.
Compound 1H. 4-(5-Bromo-7-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)-l-(5- propylpyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-ol
Figure imgf000057_0002
[00119] A mixture of 4-(5-bromo-7-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin- 4-ol (0.17 g, 0.531 mmol), 2-chloro-5-propylpyrimidine (0.1 1 g, 0.691 mmol) and K2C03 (0.22 g, 1.594 mmol) in DMF (2.6 mL) were heated in 90 °C oil bath for 10 hours. At the conclusion of this period, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, quenched with H2O (5 mL), and then extracted with EtOAc (3 X 5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (3 X 5 mL) and brine (5 mL), dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/EtOAc gradient 30 to 40% EtOAc) to afford Compound 1H as a light yellow solid (0.122 g, 52.6% yield). XH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.14 (s, 2 H), 6.99 - 7.10 (m, 2 H), 4.67 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.47 - 4.62 (m, 2 H), 3.23 - 3.41 (m, 3 H), 3.10 (dd, J=15.8, 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.39 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H), 1.84 - 2.00 (m, 2 H), 1.74 (td, J=13.1, 4.8 Hz, 1 H), 1.46 - 1.66 (m, 4 H), 0.93 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 437 (M+H)+. Compound II. tert-Butyl 4-(7-fluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-l-(5-propylpyrimidin-2- yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)- carboxylate
Figure imgf000058_0001
[00120] To a degassed solution of 4-(5-bromo-7-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2- yl)-l-(5-propylpyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-ol (0.122 g, 0.280 mmol), tert-butyl 4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate (0.112 g, 0.363 mmol), and K2C03 (97 mg, 0.699 mmol) in dioxane (2.9 mL) and H20 (1 mL) was added Pd(Ph3P)4 (16 mg, 0.014 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 hour under argon. At the conclusion of this period, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then diluted with EtOAc/Et20 (5 mL, 1 : 1 v/v). The organic layer was washed with aqueous aHC03 (saturated, 6 mL) and aqueous NaCl (saturated, 6 mL), dried ( a2S04), filtered, and then concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/EtOAc gradient 0 to 60% EtOAc) to afford Compound II as a light yellow solid (0.156 g, 97% yield). XH NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.15 (s, 2 H), 6.96 (s, 1 H), 6.91 (d, J=12.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.90 (br. s., 1 H), 4.67 (t, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H), 4.50 - 4.63 (m, 2 H), 4.03 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.60 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H), 3.26 - 3.40 (m, 3 H), 3.1 1 (dd, J=15.7, 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 2.33 - 2.48 (m, 4 H), 1.92 - 2.00 (m, 2 H), 1.68 - 1.81 (m, 1 H), 1.52 - 1.67 (m, 4 H), 1.44 - 1.52 (m, 9 H), 0.90 - 0.97 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 539 (M+H)+.
Compound U. 4-(7-Fluoro-5-(l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)-l-(5-propylpyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-ol
Figure imgf000058_0002
[00121] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(7-fluoro-2-(4-hydroxy- 1 -(5-propylpyrimidin- 2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)- carboxylate (0.15 g, 0.278 mmol) in CH2C12 (2.3 mL) was added TFA (1.5 mL, 19.49 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After this time, the solvent was removed to yield a residue. The residue was diluted with CH2C12 (4 mL), washed with aqueous NaHCC
(saturated, 3 mL), dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to afford crude
Compound 1 J, which was used in next reaction without further purification. LC/MS (m/z) = 439 (M+H)+.
Example 1
[00122] To a solution of 4-(7-fluoro-5-( 1,2,3, 6-tetrahy dropyri din-4-yl)-2,3 - dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)-l-(5-propylpyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-ol (41 mg, 0.093 mmol) in CH2C12 (1.8 mL) at 0 °C was added Et3N (52 μί, 0.374 mmol) followed by a slow addition of propane- 1-sulfonyl chloride (10 μί, 0.09 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for an additional 2 hours. At the conclusion of this period, the reaction mixture was quenched with H20 (0.3 mL) and then extracted with CH2C12 (3 X 1 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/EtOAc gradient 0 to 80% EtOAc) to afford Example 1 as a light yellow solid (39.8 mg, 78% yield). XH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.19 (s, 2 H), 7.13 (s, 1 H), 7.09 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.09 (s, 1 H), 4.80 (s, 1 H), 4.69 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.42 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 2 H), 4.09 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.85 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 2 H), 3.24 - 3.46 (m, 3 H), 3.09 - 3.24 (m, 4 H), 2.99 - 3.09 (m, 2 H), 2.42 - 2.62 (m, 1 H), 2.28 - 2.40 (m, 2 H), 1.61 - 1.79 (m, 3 H), 1.37 - 1.59 (m, 5 H), 0.98 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H), 0.76 - 0.90 (m, 3 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 545 (M+H)+.
Example 2
2-(4-Fluoro-4-(7-fluoro-5-(l-(propylsulfonyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-5-propylpyrimidine
Figure imgf000060_0001
[00123] To a solution of 4-(7-fluoro-5-(l-(propylsulfonyl)-l,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-2,3 -dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)- 1 -(5-propylpyrimidin-2- yl)piperidin-4-ol (28.7 mg, 0.053 mmol) in CH2C12 (1 mL) at 0 °C was added DAST (7.7 μΐ,, 0.058 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 hours. After this time, the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous aHC03 (saturated, 2 mL) and then extracted with (¾(¾ (2 X 2 mL). The combined organic layers were dried ( a2S04), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel,
hexanes/EtOAc gradient 0 to 70% EtOAc) to afford Example 2 as a white solid (18 mg, >90% purity, 62.5% yield). ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.23 (s, 2 H), 7.06 - 7.17 (m, 2 H), 6.10 (s, 1 H), 4.83 - 5.04 (m, 1 H), 4.40 - 4.61 (m, 2 H), 3.85 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 2 H), 3.18 - 3.47 (m, 5 H), 2.97 - 3.17 (m, 4 H), 2.36 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2 H), 2.06 (t, J=11.3 Hz, 1 H), 1.56 - 1.87 (m, 6 H), 1.50 (sxt, J=7.5 Hz, 2 H), 0.97 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H), 0.86 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H). 19F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm -139.03, - 175.93. LC/MS (m/z) = 547 (M+H)+.
Example 3
Methyl 4-(4-(7-fluoro-2-(l-(5-propylpyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2,3- dihyd ate
Figure imgf000060_0002
Compound 3A. 4-(7-Fluorobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidine
Figure imgf000061_0001
[00124] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(7-fluorobenzofuran-2-yl)-4- hydroxypiperidine-l-carboxylate (Compound ID, 3.3 g, 9.84 mmol) in CH2CI2 (19.68 mL) at 0 °C was added Et3SiH (6.29 mL, 39.4 mmol) followed by the slow addition of TFA (18.95 mL, 246 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min, and then gradually warmed to room temperature overnight. Once at the prescribed temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford crude Compound 3A, which was used in the next reaction without further purification. LC/MS (m/z) = 220 (M+H)+.
Compound 3B. tert-Butyl 4-( -fluorobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000061_0002
[00125] To a solution of 4-(7-fluorobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidine (2.1 g, 9.58 mmol) in THF (19.2 mL) and aqueous K2CO3 (saturated, 19.2 mL) at 0 °C was added B0C2O (2.7 mL, 11.49 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature, where it stirred for 1 hour. After this time, the reaction mixture was extracted with Et20 (3 X 15 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (3 X 10 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried ( a2S04), filtered, and then concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/EtOAc gradient 0 to 40% EtOAc) to afford Compound 3B as a light yellow oil (2.69 g, 88% yield).
Compound 3C. tert-Butyl 4-(7-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidine-l- carboxylate
Figure imgf000061_0003
[00126] To a degassed solution of tert-butyl 4-(7-fluorobenzofuran-2- yl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (3.4 g, 8.41 mmol) in EtOH (54.3 mL) was added 10% Pd-C (2.69 g, 2.52 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was charged with 55 psi of H2 overnight. At the conclusion of this period, the Pd-C was filtered off through a pad of CELITE®, and the filter cake was rinsed with EtOH. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford Compound 3C as a colorless oil (2.36 g, 87% yield), which was used in next step without further purification. LC/MS (m/z) = 344 (M+Na)+.
Compound 3D. 4-(7-Fluoro-2, -dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidine hydrochloride
Figure imgf000062_0001
[00127] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(7-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2- yl)piperidine-l-carboxylate (2.36 g, 7.34 mmol) in MeOH (43.2 mL) was added HCl in dioxane (4 M, 26.8 mL, 107 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. After this time, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford Compound 3D as a yellow oil (1.826 g, 97% yield), which was used in the next reaction without further purification. LC/MS (m/z) = 222 (M+H)+.
Compound 3E. 4-(5-Bromo-7 furan-2-yl)piperidine
Figure imgf000062_0002
[00128] To a solution of 4-(7-fluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidine hydrochloride (1.18 g, 4.58 mmol) in MeOH (36.6 mL) at 0 °C was added NBS (0.815 g, 4.58 mmol) in one portion. Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was immediately warmed to room temperature, where it stirred for 3 hours. At the conclusion of this period, the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous a2H2S205 (5%, 5 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield a residue. The residue was diluted with CH2CI2 (5 mL), washed with aHC03 (aq, sat, 3 mL) and brine (3 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to afford Compound 3E as a colorless oil (1.3 g, 95% yield).
LC/MS (m/z) = 301 (M+H)+.
Compound 3F. 2-(4-(5 -Bromo-7 -fluoro-2 , 3 -dihy drobenzofuran-2 -yl)piperidin- 1 -y 1)- 5-propylpyrimidine
Figure imgf000063_0001
[00129] Compound 3F was prepared from Compound 3E and 2-chloro-5- propylpyrimidine in a similar manner to the procedure described in Compound 1H, Example 1. LC/MS (m/z) = 421 (M+H)+.
Compound 3G. tert-Butyl 4-(7-fluoro-2-(l-(5-propylpyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)- 2,3-dihydroben
Figure imgf000063_0002
[00130] Compound 3G was prepared from Compound 3F and tert-butyl 4-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound II in Example 1. XH NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.15 (s, 2 H), 6.96 (s, 1 H), 6.92 (d, J=12.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.91 (br. s., 1 H), 4.81 (dd, J=13.3, 1.2 Hz, 2 H), 4.61 - 4.71 (m, 1 H), 4.04 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 2 H), 3.61 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H), 3.24 (dd, J=15.7, 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.04 (dd, J=15.7, 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 2.78 - 2.91 (m, J=12.8, 12.8, 6.1, 2.8 Hz, 2 H), 2.34 - 2.50 (m, 4 H), 2.01 - 2.09 (m, 1 H), 1.91 - 2.01 (m, 1 H), 1.70 - 1.79 (m, 1 H), 1.53 - 1.62 (m, 2 H), 1.49 (s, 9 H), 1.32 - 1.44 (m, 2 H), 0.93 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3 H). 19F NMR (471 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm -138.98. LC/MS (m/z) = 523 (M+H)+. Compound 3H. 2-(4-(7-Fluoro-5-(l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)-5-propylpyrimidine
Figure imgf000064_0001
[00131] Compound 3H was prepared from Compound 3G and TFA in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound 1J in Example 1. LC/MS (m/z) = 423 (M+H)+.
Example 3
[00132] Example 3 was prepared from Compound 3H and methyl 4- (chlorosulfonyl)butanoate in a similar manner to the procedure described in Example 1. ¾ NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.15 (s, 2 H), 6.95 (s, 1 H), 6.92 (d, J=12.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.93 (dt, J=3.4, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.77 - 4.85 (m, 2 H), 4.62 - 4.73 (m, 1 H), 3.95 - 4.01 (m, 2 H), 3.68 (s, 3 H), 3.54 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.24 (dd, J=15.7, 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.00 - 3.11 (m, 3 H), 2.79 - 2.91 (m, J=12.9, 12.9, 6.2, 2.8 Hz, 2 H), 2.48 - 2.60 (m, 4 H), 2.39 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.14 (qd, J=7.3, 7.2 Hz, 2 H), 2.01 - 2.08 (m, 1 H), 1.97 (dddd, J=1 1.4, 7.9, 7.7, 3.6 Hz, 1 H), 1.75 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1 H), 1.50 - 1.63 (m, J=7.4, 7.4, 7.4, 7.4, 7.2 Hz, 2 H), 1.39 (qd, J=12.4, 4.3 Hz, 2 H), 0.93 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3 H). 19F NMR (471 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm -138.74. LC/MS (m/z) = 587 (M+H)+.
Example 4
4-(4-(7-Fluoro-2-(l-(5-propylpyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran- -yl)-5,6-dihydropyridin- 1 (2H)-ylsulfonyl)butan- 1 -ol
Figure imgf000064_0002
[00133] To a solution of Example 3 (23 mg, 0.039 mmol) in THF (980 μΓ) at 0 °C was added LAH (47 μί, 0.047 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then quenched with aqueous HC1 (1 N, 0.5 mL). The resulting mixture was diluted with EtOAc (4 mL) and washed with ¾0 (2 mL) and brine (2 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried ( a2S04), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, CH^CVEtOAc gradient 0 to 100% EtOAc) to afford Example 4 as a white solid (17.7 mg, 78% yield). ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.15 (s, 2 H), 6.96 (s, 1 H), 6.92 (d, J=12.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.94 (s, 1 H), 4.81 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 2 H), 4.64 - 4.73 (m, 1 H), 3.98 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 2 H), 3.70 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.54 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.25 (dd, J=15.7, 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 2.99 - 3.09 (m, 3 H), 2.78 - 2.91 (m, 2 H), 2.56 (br. s., 2 H), 2.39 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2 H), 2.05 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1 H), 1.89 - 2.01 (m, 3 H), 1.49 - 1.81 (m, 6 H), 1.39 (qd, J=12.5, 4.4 Hz, 2 H), 0.93 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 559 (M+H)+.
Example 5
(±)-2-(4-(7-Fluoro-5-(l-(propylsulfonyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)-5-propylpyrimidine
Figure imgf000065_0001
[00134] Example 5 was prepared from Compound 3H and propane- 1-sulfonyl chloride in a similar manner to the procedure described in Example 1. XH NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.15 (s, 2 H), 6.95 (s, 1 H), 6.92 (d, J=12.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.94 (ddd, J=3.4, 1.9, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.76 - 4.87 (m, 2 H), 4.63 - 4.73 (m, 1 H), 3.97 (q, J=2.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.53 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H), 3.24 (dd, J=15.7, 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.04 (dd, J=15.7, 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 2.91 - 2.98 (m, 2 H), 2.78 - 2.89 (m, J=12.9, 12.9, 6.1, 2.8 Hz, 2 H), 2.52 - 2.59 (m, 2 H), 2.39 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.05 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1 H), 1.97 (dddd, J=11.4, 7.9, 7.7, 3.6 Hz, 1 H), 1.82 - 1.91 (m, 2 H), 1.75 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1 H), 1.57 (sxt, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H), 1.39 (qd, J=12.4, 4.3 Hz, 2 H), 1.07 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H), 0.93 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H). 19F NMR (471 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm -138.73. LC/MS (m/z) = 529 (M+H)+.
Examples 6 and 7
(S)-2-(4-(7-Fluoro-5-(l-(propylsulfonyl)- 1,2,3, 6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)-5-propylpyrimidine, and (R)-2-(4-(7-Fluoro-5-(l-(propylsulfonyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)-5-propylpyrimidine
Figure imgf000066_0001
Compound 6A and Compound 7A. (S)-2-(4-(7-Fluoro-5-(l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin- 4-yl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-5-propylpyrimidine, and (R)-2-(4- (7-Fluoro-5-(l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin-l- -5-propylpyrimidine
Figure imgf000066_0002
[00135] Compound 3H (24 mg) was subjected to SFC purification
(CHIRALCEL® OJ-H SFC, 250 X 21 mm ID, 5 μιη, Flow rate: 18 mL/min, Mobile phase: 50:50 Methanol-Ethanol-0.1% DEA, Detector: 254 nm) to afford Compound 6A (enantiomer I, 7.5 mg, 99.4% e.e) and Compound 7A (enantiomer II, 8.5 mg, 98.6% e.e). Enantiomer I has retention time = 15.7 min; LC/MS (m/z) = 423 (M+H)+. Enantiomer II retention time = 23.5 min; LC/MS (m/z) = 423 (M+H)+.
Examples 6 and 7
[00136] Examples 6 and 7 were prepared from Compounds 6A and 7A, respectively, in a similar manner to the procedure described in Example 1.
data are identical to those reported in Example 5.
Example 8
2-(4-(7-Fluoro-5-(l-(propylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2- yl)piperidin-l-yl)-5-propylpyrimidine
Figure imgf000067_0001
[00137] To a degassed solution of Example 5 (13 mg, 0.025 mmol) in EtOAc (0.77 mL) was added 10% Pd-C (10.5 mg, 9.84 μιηοΐ), and the mixture was stirred under ¾ (1 atm) at room temperature overnight. At the conclusion of this period, the Pd-C was filtered off through a pad of CELITE® and the solvent was evaporated off. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, CH2Cl2/EtOAc gradient 0 to 100% EtOAc) to afford Example 8 as a white solid (1 1 mg, 83% yield). 'H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.15 (s, 2 H), 6.77 (s, 1 H), 6.73 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.81 (dd, J=13.2, 1.7 Hz, 2 H), 4.62 - 4.70 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (dd, J=10.0, 2.1 Hz, 2 H), 3.23 (dd, J=15.7, 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.03 (dd, J=15.7, 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 2.79 - 2.96 (m, 6 H), 2.52 (tt, J=12.1, 3.6 Hz, 1 H), 2.40 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.06 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1 H), 1.93 - 2.01 (m, 1 H), 1.84 - 1.92 (m, 4 H), 1.67 - 1.79 (m, 3 H), 1.52 - 1.62 (m, 2 H), 1.33 - 1.44 (m, 2 H), 1.08 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H), 0.92 - 0.97 (m, 3 H). 19F NMR (471 MHz, CDCI3) δ ppm -138.70. LC/MS (m/z) = 531 (M+H)+.
Example 9
5-Propyl-2-(4-(5-(4-(propylsulfonyl)piperazin-l-yl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2- - 1 -yl)pyrimidine
Figure imgf000067_0002
Compound 9A. 4-(5-Bromo-2 -dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidine
Figure imgf000067_0003
[00138] To a solution of 4-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidine hydrochloride (0.566 g, 2.362 mmol) in MeOH (9.5 mL) at 0 °C was added NBS (0.42 g, 2.362 mmol) in one portion. Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, where it stirred for 3 h. After this time, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield a residue. The residue was diluted with CH2CI2 (5 mL), washed with aqueous aHC03 (saturated, 5 mL), and then brine (5 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (K2CO3), filtered, and concentrated to afford crude Compound 9A as a brown oil (0.65 g, 92% yield), which was used in next reaction without further purification. XH NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ ppm 7.26 (s, 1 H), 7.16 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.59 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.44 - 4.57 (m, 1 H), 3.20 (dd, J=16.1, 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.08 (dd, J=8.7, 3.7 Hz, 2 H), 2.98 (dd, J=16.1, 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 2.67 (s, 1 H), 2.53 - 2.64 (m, 2 H), 1.85 - 1.93 (m, 1 H), 1.70 - 1.81 (m, J=15.1, 7.6, 7.6, 3.6 Hz, 1 H), 1.66 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1 H), 1.21 - 1.40 (m, 2 H).
Compound 9B. 2-(4-(5-Bromo-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-5- propylpyrimidine
Figure imgf000068_0001
[00139] Compound 9B was prepared from Compound 9A and 2-chloro-5- propylpyrimidine in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound 1H in Example 1. XH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.15 (s, 2 H), 7.24 (s, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.62 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.79 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 2 H), 4.56 (q, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.14 - 3.25 (m, 1 H), 2.99 (dd, J=15.9, 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.76 - 2.91 (m, 2 H), 2.39 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.01 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1 H), 1.90 (td, J=7.7, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 1.62 - 1.78 (m, 1 H), 1.50 - 1.61 (m, 2 H), 1.29 - 1.43 (m, 2 H), 0.93 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 402 (M+H)+.
Compound 9C. tert-Butyl 4-(2-(l-(5-propylpyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2,3- dihydrobenzofura -5-yl)piperazine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000068_0002
[00140] To a degassed solution of 2-(4-(5-bromo-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2- yl)piperidin-l-yl)-5 -propylpyrimidine (280 mg, 0.522 mmol), tert-butyl piperazine-1- carboxylate (389 mg, 2.088 mmol), ?-BuONa (251 mg, 2.61 mmol), and ΒΓΝΑΡ (6.5 mg, 10.44 μιηοΐ) in toluene (5 mL) was added Pd2(dba)3 (28.7 mg, 0.031 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred in a sealed vial at 80 °C overnight. At the conclusion of this period, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. Once at the prescribed temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (3 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 X 5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with aqueous aHC03 (saturated, 5 mL) and then brine (5 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, CH2Cl2/EtOAc gradient 0 to 50% EtOAc) to afford Compound 9C as a light yellow solid (201 mg, 76% yield). XH NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.15 (s, 2 H), 6.83 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.70 - 6.75 (m, 1 H), 6.66 - 6.69 (m, 1 H), 4.80 (dd, J=13.2, 2.5 Hz, 2 H), 4.48 - 4.56 (m, 1 H), 3.53 - 3.61 (m, 4 H), 3.18 (dd, J=15.5, 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 2.94 - 3.02 (m, 4 H), 2.80 - 2.90 (m, J=12.9, 12.9, 7.6, 2.8 Hz, 2 H), 2.40 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.00 - 2.07 (m, 1 H), 1.91 (dddd, J=1 1.5, 8.0, 7.7, 3.6 Hz, 1 H), 1.74 (br. s., 1 H), 1.53 - 1.62 (m, 2 H), 1.47 - 1.51 (m, 9 H), 1.32 - 1.43 (m, 2 H), 0.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 508 (M+H)+.
Compound 9D. 2-(4-(5-(Piperazin-l-yl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin-l-yl)- 5 -propylpyrimidine
Figure imgf000069_0001
[00141] Compound 9D was prepared from Compound 9C and TFA by in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound U in Example 1. LC/MS (m/z) = 408 (M+H)+.
Example 9
[00142] Example 9 was prepared from Compound 9D and propane- 1-sulfonyl chloride in a similar manner to the procedure described in Example 1. XH NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.15 (s, 2 H), 6.83 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.70 - 6.75 (m, 1 H), 6.65 - 6.70 (m, 1 H), 4.80 (dd, J=13.5, 2.2 Hz, 2 H), 4.49 - 4.57 (m, 1 H), 3.40 - 3.47 (m, 4 H), 3.18 (dd, J=15.7, 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.07 - 3.13 (m, 4 H), 2.90 - 3.02 (m, 3 H), 2.80 - 2.89 (m, J=12.8, 12.8, 7.6, 2.6 Hz, 2 H), 2.40 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H), 2.03 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1 H), 1.84 - 1.95 (m, 3 H), 1.75 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1 H), 1.53 - 1.63 (m, 2 H), 1.31 - 1.44 (m, J=12.4, 12.4, 12.3, 4.4 Hz, 2 H), 1.09 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H), 0.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 514 (M+H)+. Example 10
l-(Propylsulfonyl)-4-(2-(l-(propylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5- - 1 ,2,3 ,6-tetrahydropyridine
Figure imgf000070_0001
Compound 10A. 4-(5-Bromo-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)-l- (propylsulfonyl)piperidine
Figure imgf000070_0002
[00143] To a solution of 4-(5-bromo-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidine (Compound 9A, 185 mg, 0.656 mmol) and Et3N (0.18 mL, 1.311 mmol) in CH2C12 (6 mL) at 0 °C was added propane- 1-sulfonyl chloride (140 mg, 0.983 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, where it stirred for 2 hours. After this time, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 (5 mL) and washed with aqueous NaHCC (saturated, 5 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/EtOAc gradient 0 to 50% EtOAc) to afford Compound 10A as a white solid (213 mg, 0.549 mmol, 84 % yield). XH NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 7.27 - 7.25 (m, 1 H), 7.21 (dd, J=8.4, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.63 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.63 - 4.53 (m, 1 H), 3.93 - 3.84 (m, 2 H), 3.22 (dd, J=15.7, 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 2.96 (dd, J=15.8, 8.1 Hz, 1 H), 2.91 - 2.86 (m, 2 H), 2.80 - 2.71 (m, 2 H), 2.05 - 1.99 (m, 1 H), 1.90 - 1.81 (m, 2 H), 1.80 - 1.71 (m, 2 H), 1.53 - 1.41 (m, 2 H), 1.07 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 389 (M+H)+. Compound 10B. tert-Butyl 4-(2-(l-(propylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-5-y -5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate
Figure imgf000071_0001
[00144] Compound 10B was prepared from Compound 10A and tert-butyl 4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound II in Example 1.
Compound IOC. 4-(2-(l-(Propylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5- yl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine
Figure imgf000071_0002
[00145] Compound IOC was prepared from Compound 10B and TFA in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound 1J in Example 1.
Example 10
[00146] Example 10 was prepared from Compound IOC and propane- 1-sulfonyl chloride in a similar manner to the procedure described in Example 1. XH NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 7.19 (s, 1 H), 7.13 (dd, J=8.4, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.72 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.93 (ddd, J=3.2, 1.9, 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 4.53 - 4.63 (m, 1 H), 3.98 (q, J=2.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.84 - 3.93 (m, 2 H), 3.55 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.23 (dd, J=15.4, 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 2.92 - 3.01 (m, 3 H), 2.85 - 2.92 (m, 2 H), 2.70 - 2.81 (m, 2 H), 2.55 - 2.63 (m, 2 H), 1.98 - 2.07 (m, 1 H), 1.81 - 1.94 (m, 4 H), 1.70 - 1.80 (m, 2 H), 1.41 - 1.53 (m, 2 H), 1.07 (td, J=7.4, 3.0 Hz, 6 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 497 (M+H)+.
Example 1 1
4-(4-(2-(l-(5-Cyclopropylpyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-methyl-2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridin- 1 (2H)-ylsulfonyl)butan- 1 -ol
Figure imgf000072_0001
Compound 1 1 A. tert-Butyl 4-(l-(2-bromophenyl)-2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate
Figure imgf000072_0002
[00147] A mixture of l-bromo-2-(bromomethyl)benzene (4.40 g, 17.60 mmol), magnesium (0.984 g, 40.5 mmol), and I2 (2.2 mg, 8.80 μιηοΐ) in Et20 (87 mL) was heated to reflux under argon until the reaction initiated (indicated by decolorization of ¾ and then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After this time, the reaction mixture was added to a solution of tert-butyl 4-acetylpiperidine-l-carboxylate (2 g, 8.80 mmol) in Et20 (1.2 mL) and then stirred for 19 hours. At the conclusion of this period, the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NH4C1 (saturated, 20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 X 25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (3 X 15 mL) and brine (15 mL). The resulted organic layer was separated, dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/EtOAc gradient 0 to 60% EtOAc) to afford Compound 1 1A as a white semi-solid (1.14 g, 31% yield).
Compound 1 IB. tert-Butyl 4-(2-methyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidine-l- carboxylate
Figure imgf000072_0003
[00148] A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(l-(2-bromophenyl)-2-hydroxypropan-2- yl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (1.14 g, 2.86 mmol), ΒΓΝΑΡ (0.266 g, 0.427 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (93 mg, 0.412 mmol), and K2C03 (1.188 g, 8.59 mmol) in toluene (14.3 mL) was degassed for 10 min. After this time, the reaction mixture was heated in 110 °C oil bath overnight. At the conclusion of this period, the resulting solid was collected by filtration and rinsed with CH2CI2. The filtrate was concentrated to afford the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/EtOAc gradient 0 to 25% EtOAc) to afford Compound 1 IB as a colorless oil (0.959 g, 97% yield). LC/MS (m/z) = 657 (2M+Na)+. Compound 1 1C. tert-Butyl 4-(5-bromo-2-methyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2- yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000073_0001
[00149] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(2-methyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2- yl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (0.66 g, 2.079 mmol) in CHCI3 (8.3 mL) at 0 °C was slowly added Br2 (107 μί, 2.079 mmol). After completion of addition, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, where it stirred for 3 hours. After this time, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and quenched with aqueous aHC03 (saturated, 6 mL) and sodium metasulfite (15 mg). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 X 3 mL). The combined organic layers were dried
(Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to afford crude Compound 11C, which was used in next reaction without further purification.
Compound 1 ID. 4-(5-Bromo- -methyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidine
Figure imgf000073_0002
[00150] Compound 1 ID was prepared from Compound 1 1C and TFA in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound 1J in Example 1. LC/MS (m/z) = 296 (M+H)+.
Compound 1 IE. 2-(4-(5-Bromo-2-methyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin-l- yl)-5-cyclopropylpyrimidine
Figure imgf000073_0003
[00151] A mixture of 4-(5-bromo-2-methyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidine (0.3 g, 1.013 mmol), 2-chloro-5-cyclopropylpyrimidine (0.204 g, 1.317 mmol) and K2CO3 (0.42 g, 3.04 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was heated in 90 °C oil bath overnight. At the conclusion of this period, the reaction mixture was cooled to room
temperature, quenched with ¾0 (5 mL), and then extracted with EtOAc (3 X 5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with FLO (3 X 5 mL) and brine (5 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/EtOAc gradient 0 to 35% EtOAc) to afford Compound 1 IE as white solid (0.315 g, 31% yield). LC/MS (m/z) = 414 (M+H)+. Compound 1 IF. tert-Butyl 4-(2-(l-(5-cyclopropylpyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2- methyl-2,3-dihy oxylate
Figure imgf000074_0001
[00152] To a degassed solution of 2-(4-(5-bromo-2-methyl-2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-5-cyclopropylpyrimidine (424 mg, 1.02 mmol), tert-butyl 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6- dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate (380 mg, 1.23 mmol), and K2CO3 (424 mg, 3.07 mmol) in dioxane (6 mL) and water (2 mL) was added Pd(Pli3P)4 (59.1 mg, 0.051 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was heated in 100 °C oil bath for 3 hours. After this time, the reaction mixture was cooled to room
temperature, diluted with water, and extracted with CH2CI2 (3 X 5 mL). The combined organic layers were dried ( a2S04), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/EtOAc gradient 0 to 50% EtOAc) to afford Compound 1 IF as a white solid (360 mg, 0.697 mmol, 68% yield). XH NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 8.11 (s, 2 H), 7.15 (s, 1 H), 7.13 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.65 - 6.71 (m, 1 H), 5.88 (br. s., 1 H), 4.75 - 4.87 (m, 2 H), 4.05 (br. s., 2 H), 3.73 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.62 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.16 (d, J=15.7 Hz, 1 H), 2.74 - 2.87 (m, 2 H), 2.39 - 2.54 (m, 2 H), 1.86 - 1.96 (m, 2 H), 1.76 - 1.84 (m, 1 H), 1.67 - 1.74 (m, 1 H), 1.61 (m, 1 H), 1.49 (s, 9 H), 1.37 - 1.41 (m, 3 H), 1.23 - 1.36 (m, 1 H), 0.84 - 0.92 (m, 2 H), 0.54 - 0.60 (m, 2 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 517 (M+H)+. Compound 1 1G. 5-Cyclopropyl-2-(4-(2-methyl-5-(l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)- 2,3 -dihydrobenzofur -2-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)pyrimidine
Figure imgf000075_0001
[00153] Compound 11G was prepared from Compound 1 IF and TFA in a similar manner to the procedure described for Compound 1J in Example 1. LC/MS (m/z) = 417 (M+H)+.
Compound 1 1H. Methyl 4-(4-(2-(l-(5-cyclopropylpyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2- methyl-2,3 -dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridin- 1 (2H)-ylsulfonyl)butanoate
Figure imgf000075_0002
[00154] To a solution of 5-cyclopropyl-2-(4-(2-methyl-5-(l,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-2,3 -dihydrobenzofuran-2-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)pyrimidine (90 mg, 0.216 mmol) and triethylamine (0.061 mL, 0.432 mmol) in CH2CI2 (2 mL) at 0 °C was added methyl 4-(chlorosulfonyl)butanoate (65 mg, 0.324 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, where it stirred for 3 h. After this time, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 (4 mL), and the resulting mixture was washed with aqueous aHC03 (saturated, 3 X 3 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (Na2S04), filtered, and concentrated to yield a residue. The residue was purified via preparative HPLC (solvent A: 10%
MeOH / H20 with 0.1% TFA; solvent B: 90% MeOH/H20 with 0.1% TFA; Column: PHENOMENEX® Axia 5μ Ο18 30 χ 100 mm, flow rate = 40 mL/min) to afford Compound 1 1H as a white solid (46 mg, 0.079 mmol, 36.7 % yield). XH NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ ppm 8.02 (s, 2 H), 7.06 (s, 1 H), 7.01 - 7.05 (m, 1 H), 6.60 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.82 (ddd, J=3.2, 1.9, 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 4.65 - 4.78 (m, 2 H), 3.85 - 3.92 (m, 2 H), 3.60 (s, 3 H), 3.46 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.08 (d, J=15.7 Hz, 1 H), 2.98 (dd, J=8.4, 6.7 Hz, 2 H), 2.65 - 2.78 (m, 3 H), 2.50 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 2 H), 2.44 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2 H), 2.01 - 2.13 (m, 2 H), 1.76 - 1.87 (m, 2 H), 1.67 - 1.75 (m, 1 H), 1.56 - 1.65 (m, 1 H), 1.30 (s, 3 H), 1.15 - 1.28 (m, 2 H), 0.76 - 0.83 (m, 2 H), 0.45 - 0.51 (m, 2 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 581 (M+H)+. Example 11
[00155] To a solution of methyl 4-(4-(2-(l-(5-cyclopropylpyrimidin-2- yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-methyl-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridin-l(2H)- ylsulfonyl)butanoate (46 mg, 0.079 mmol) in THF (1 mL) at 0 °C was added a solution of LAH in THF (0.079 mL, 2 M, 0.158 mmol). Upon completion of addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour. After this time, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 (5 mL), washed with aqueous HC1 (1 N, 3 mL), and then brine (3 mL). The organic layer was separated and concentrated to afford the crude product, which was purified by preparative HPLC (solvent A: 10% MeOH / H20 with 0.1% TFA; solvent B: 90% MeOH/H20 with 0.1% TFA; Column: PHENOMENEX® Axia 5μ Ο18 30 χ 100 mm, flow rate = 40 mL/min) to afford Example 11 as a white solid (19 mg, 0.034 mmol, 43.4 % yield). ¾ NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ ppm 8.13 (s, 2 H), 7.16 (s, 1 H), 7.1 1 - 7.15 (m, 1 H), 6.71 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.93 (ddd, J=3.2, 1.9, 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 4.78 - 4.89 (m, 2 H), 3.97 - 4.03 (m, 2 H), 3.67 - 3.77 (m, 2 H), 3.57 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H), 3.18 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.01 - 3.09 (m, 2 H), 2.75 - 2.88 (m, 3 H), 2.55 - 2.65 (m, 2 H), 1.87 - 2.03 (m, 4 H), 1.82 (dd, J=12.9, 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 1.68 - 1.78 (m, 3 H), 1.41 (s, 3 H), 1.26 - 1.39 (m, 3 H), 0.87 - 0.93 (m, 2 H), 0.56 - 0.62 (m, 2 H). LC/MS (m/z) = 553 (M+H)+.
Examples 12 to 50
[00156] Examples 12 to 50 set forth in Table 1 were synthesized according to the procedures described in Examples 1 to 11, the schemes, or by other similar methods known to one skilled in the art, with other appropriate reagents.
Table 1
Example Structure LC/MS (m/z)
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
ASSAY(S) FOR GPRl 19 G PROTEIN-COUPLED RECEPTOR ACTIVITY
[00157] The in vitro modulation of recombinant human GPRl 19 was determined as follows.
Tet-inducible cAMP Assay
[00158] A human-mouse chimeric GPRl 19 expression construct encoding 3 copies of the FLAG epitope tag, the first 198 amino acids of human GPRl 19 and the C- terminal 137 amino acids of the mouse receptor was cloned into a tetracycline inducible vector pcDNA5/FRT/TO (Invitrogen #V6520-20), which includes a hygromycin-resistance marker. Tightly controlled receptor expression was achieved by stable integration of this construct into the genome of a specific host cell line, Flp- In-T-Rex-HEK293, expressing the tetracycline repressor (Invitrogen). Once a stable hygromycin-resistant cell line was generated, the cells were maintained at 37 °C in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere in culture medium consisting of Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM; Invitrogen #11960) supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine, 10% fetal bovine serum, 200 μg/ml hygromycin B, and 15 μg/ml blasticidin.
[00159] Forty-eight hours prior to the cAMP accumulation assay, cells stably expressing the chimeric human/mouse GPR1 19 construct were seeded at a density of 4 xlO3 cells/well in 384 well poly-D-lysine coated solid white plates (BD #35-6661) and grown at 37 °C in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere in culture medium supplemented with ^g/ml tetracycline to induce expression of the receptor. On the day of the assay, medium was removed and cells were incubated for 50 min. at 37 °C in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere in 20 μΐ/well of assay buffer (phosphate-buffered saline with Ca2+ and Mg2+, 12 mM glucose, 0.1 mM isobutyl-methyl-xanthine, 0.1% fatty-acid free bovine serum albumin) with the desired concentration of compound added from a concentrated stock dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) to give a final concentration of 1% DMSO in the assay. cAMP accumulation was measured using the CisBio homogeneous time resolved fluorescence (HTRF) assay kit
(#62AM2PEC) following the manufacturer's protocol. Briefly, 10 μΐ each of the cAMP-HTRF fluorescence detection reagents were added to each well, and the samples were incubated for 40 min. at room temperature. Fluorescence was excited at 320 nm and measured at 665 and 620 nm using the Envision instrument (Perkin Elmer), the fluorescence ratio of 665/620 was calculated and converted to nanomolar concentrations of cAMP in each well by interpolation from a cAMP standard curve. The concentration-response curves and EC50 values were calculated with a four parameter logistic curve fit equation utilizing Excel/XLfit software (Microsoft and IDBS). The EC50 value was calculated as the concentration of agonist which increased the cAMP concentration to a value halfway between the baseline and the maximum. [00160] Compounds of the present invention were tested in the Tet-inducible cAMP assay described immediately above and the results shown in Table 2 below were obtained.
Table 2
Figure imgf000083_0001
UTILITIES AND COMBINATIONS
A. Utilities
[00161] The compounds of the present invention possess activity as agonists of the GPRl 19 receptor, and, therefore, may be used in the treatment of diseases associated with GPRl 19 receptor activity. Via the activation of GPRl 19 receptor, the compounds of the present invention may preferably be employed to increase insulin production or increase GLP-1 secretion or both.
[00162] Accordingly, the compounds of the present invention can be administered to mammals, preferably humans, for the treatment of a variety of conditions and disorders, including, but not limited to, treating, preventing, or slowing the progression of diabetes and related conditions, microvascular complications associated with diabetes, macrovascular complications associated with diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, Metabolic Syndrome and its component conditions, inflammatory diseases and other maladies. Consequently, it is believed that the compounds of the present invention may be used in preventing, inhibiting, or treating diabetes, hyperglycemia, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance,
hyperinsulinemia, retinopathy, neuropathy, nephropathy, wound healing,
atherosclerosis and its sequelae (acute coronary syndrome, myocardial infarction, angina pectoris, peripheral vascular disease, intermittent claudication, myocardial ischemia, stroke, heart failure), Metabolic Syndrome, hypertension, obesity, dyslipidemia, hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, low HDL, high LDL, vascular restenosis, peripheral arterial disease, lipid disorders, bone disease (including osteoporosis), PCOS, HIV protease associated lipodystrophy, and glaucoma, and treatment of side-effects related to diabetes, lipodystrophy and osteoporosis from corticosteroid treatment.
[00163] Metabolic Syndrome or "Syndrome X" is described in Ford et al, J. Am. Med. Assoc., 287:356-359 (2002) and Arbeeny et al, Curr. Med. Chem. - lmm., Endoc. & Metab. Agents, 1 : 1-24 (2001). B. Combinations
[00164] The present invention includes within its scope pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as an active ingredient, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of the compounds of Formula I, la, or lb, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutical carrier or diluent. Optionally, compounds of the present invention can be used alone, in combination with other compounds of the invention, or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agent(s), e.g., an antidiabetic agent or other pharmaceutically active material.
[00165] The compounds of the present invention may be employed in combination with one or more other suitable therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of the aforementioned disorders including: anti-diabetic agents, anti-hyperglycemic agents, anti-hyperinsulinemic agents, anti-retinopathic agents, anti-neuropathic agents, anti- nephropathic agents, anti-atherosclerotic agents, anti-ischemic agents, antihypertensive agents, anti-obesity agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, anti-hyperlipidemic agents, anti-hypertriglyceridemic agents, anti- hypercholesterolemic agents, anti-restenotic agents, anti-pancreatic agents, lipid lowering agents, appetite suppressants, treatments for heart failure, treatments for peripheral arterial disease and anti-inflammatory agents. [00166] Examples of suitable anti-diabetic agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include insulin and insulin analogs (e.g., LysPro insulin, inhaled formulations comprising insulin); glucagon-like peptides;
sulfonylureas and analogs (e.g., chlorpropamide, glibenclamide, tolbutamide, tolazamide, acetohexamide, glypizide, glyburide, glimepiride, repaglinide, meglitinide); biguanides (e.g., metformin, phenformin, buformin); alpha2-antagonists and imidazolines (e.g., midaglizole, isaglidole, deriglidole, idazoxan, efaroxan, fluparoxan); other insulin secretagogues (e.g., linogliride, insulinotropin, exendin-4, N,N-dimethyl-N'-[2-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]guanidine (E)-2-butenedioate salt (BTS- 675820), (-)-N-(/raws-4-isopropylcyclohexanecarbonyl)-D-phenylalanine (A-4166)); thiazolidinediones and PPAR-gamma agonists (e.g., ciglitazone, pioglitazone, troglitazone, rosiglitazone); PPAR-alpha agonists e.g., fenofibrate, gemfibrozil); PPAR alpha/gamma dual agonists (e.g., muraglitazar, peliglitazar, aleglitazar);
SGLT2 inhibitors (e.g., 3-(benzo[b]furan-5-yl)-2',6'-dihydroxy-4'- methylpropiophenone-2'-0-(6-0-methoxycarbonyl)- -d-glucopyranoside (T-1095 Tanabe Seiyaku), phlorizin, TS-033 (Taisho), dapagliflozin (BMS), sergiflozin (Kissei), AVE 2268 (Sanofi-Aventis)), canagliflozin; 1 1-beta-hydroxysteriod dehydrogenase type I inhibitors (e.g., AMG221, INCB13739); dipeptidyl peptidase- rv (DPP4) inhibitors (e.g., saxagliptin, sitagliptin, vildagliptin, alogliptin and denagliptin); glucagon-like peptide- 1 (GLP-1) receptor agonists (e.g., Exenatide
(Byetta), 2211 (Liraglutide, Novo Nordisk), AVE0010 (Sanofi-Aventis), R1583 (Roche/Ipsen), SUN E7001 (Daiichi/Santory), GSK-716155 (GSK/Human Genome Sciences) and Exendin-4 (PC-DACTM); aldose reductase inhibitors (e.g., those disclosed in WO 99/26659); RXR agonists (e.g., reglitazar (JTT-501), 5-[[6-[(2- fluorophenyl)methoxy]-2-naphthalenyl]methyl]- 2,4-thiazolidinedione (MCC-555), 5- [[3-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-3,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-2-naphthalenyl)-4-(trifluoromethoxy)- phenyl]methylene]-2,4-thiazolidinedione (MX-6054), DRF2593, farglitazar, (±)-5- [(2,4-dioxothiazolidin-5-yl)methyl]-2-methoxy-N-[[(4-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- methyl]benzamide (KRP-297), 6-[l-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-3,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-2- naphthalenyl)cyclopropyl]-3-pyridinecarboxylic acid (LG100268)); fatty acid oxidation inhibitors (e.g., clomoxir, etomoxir; a-glucosidase inhibitors: precose, acarbose, miglitol, emiglitate, voglibose, 2,6-dideoxy-2,6-imino-7-0- -D- glucopyranosyl-D-glycero-L-gulo-heptitol (MDL-25,637), camiglibose); beta- agonists (e.g., methyl ester [4-[(2R)-2-[[(2R)-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2- hydroxyethyl]amino]propyl]phenoxy] -acetic acid (BRL 35135), 2-[4-[(2S)-2-[[(2S)- 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]propyl]phenoxy]-acetic acid (BRL 37344), 4-[(3R)-3-[bis[(2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylethyl]amino]butyl]-benzamide (Ro 16-8714), 2-[4-[2-[[(2S)-2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl]amino]ethoxy]phenoxy]-N-(2- methoxyethyl)-acetamide (ICI D71 14), 5-[(2R)-2-[[(2R)-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-2- hydroxyethyl]amino]propyl]-3-benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylic acid, disodium salt (CL 316,243), TAK-667, AZ40140); phosphodiesterase inhibitors, both cAMP and cGMP type (e.g., sildenafil, 9-((lS,2R)-2-fluoro-l-methylpropyl)-2-methoxy-6-(l- piperazinyl)purine hydrochloride (L-686398), L-386,398); amylin agonists (e.g., pramlintide); lipoxygenase inhibitors (e.g., masoprocal); somatostatin analogs (e.g., lanreotide, seglitide, octreotide); glucagon antagonists (e.g., BAY 276-9955); insulin signaling agonists, insulin mimetics, PTP1B inhibitors (e.g., 2-[2-(l, l-dimethyl-2- propenyl)- 1 H-indol-3 -yl] -3 ,6-dihydroxy-5- [7-(3 -methyl-2-butenyl)- 1 H-indol-3 -yl]- 2,5-cyclohexadiene-l,4-dione (L-783281), TER1741 1, TER17529); gluconeogenesis inhibitors (e.g., GP3034); somatostatin analogs and antagonists; antilipolytic agents (e.g., nicotinic acid, acipimox, N-cyclohexyl-2'-0-methyl-adenosine (WAG 994)); glucose transport stimulating agents (e.g., 4-chloro-a-[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl]- benzeneheptanoic acid (BM-130795)); glucose synthase kinase inhibitors (e.g., lithium chloride, CT98014, CT98023); galanin receptor agonists; Chemokine receptor antagonist CCR2/5 (e.g., NCB3284, MK-0812, I CB8696, maraviroc (Pfizer) and vicriviroc); thyroid receptor agonists (e.g., KB-2115 (KaroBio)); glucokinase activators (e.g., RO-27-4375, RO-28-1675 (Roche), 6-[[3-[(l S)-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxy]-5-[(l S)-l-methyl-2-phenylethoxy]benzoyl]amino]-3- pyridinecarboxylic acid (GKA-50 AstraZeneca)); GPR40 modulators(e.g., (S)-4- (dimethylamino)-3-(4-((4-methyl-2-p-tolylthiazol-5-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-4- oxobutanoic acid, 6-chloro-2-(4-chlorobenzylthio)- 1 -(4-(methoxymethoxy)phenyl)- lH-benzo[d]imidazole, TAK-875, CNX011, and P1736).
[00167] Examples of suitable lipid lowering agents and anti-atherosclerotic agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include one or more MTP/ApoB secretion inhibitors (e.g., dirlopatide, N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-9-[4- [4-[[[4'-(trifluoromethyl)[ 1 , 1 '-biphenyl]-2-yl] carbonyl-] amino]- l-piperidinyl]butyl]- 9H-fluorene-9-carboxamide, methanesulfonate, CP-741952 (Pfizer), SLx-4090 (Surface Logix)); HMG CoA reductase inhibitors (e.g., atorvastatin, rosuvastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, lovastatin, fluvastatin); squalene synthetase inhibitors, PPAR alpha agonists and fibric acid derivatives (e.g., fenofibrate, gemfibrozil); AC AT inhibitors; lipoxygenase inhibitors; cholesterol absorption inhibitors (e.g., ezetimibe); thyroid receptor agonists (e.g., as set forth above); Ileal Na+/bile acid cotransporter inhibitors (e.g., compounds as disclosed in Drugs of the Future, 24:425-430 (1999); upregulators of LDL receptor activity (e.g., (3R)-3-[(13R)-13-hydroxy-10- oxotetradecyl]-5,7-dimethoxy-l(3H)-isobenzofuranone (Taisho Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd.) and (3a,4a,5a)-4-(2-propenyl)-cholestan-3-ol (Eli Lilly); bile acid sequestrants (e.g., WELCHOL®, COLESTID®, LoCholest and QUESTRAN®; and fibric acid derivatives, such as Atromid, LOPID® and Tricot); cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitors (e.g., torcetrapib and (2R)-3-{[3-(4-chloro-3-ethyl-phenoxy)-phenyl]-[[3- (1, 1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino} - 1, 1, 1 -trifluoro-2-propanol);
nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof (e.g., niacin, acipimox); PCSK9 inhibitors; LXR agonists (e.g., those disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos.
2003/01814206, 2005/00801 11, and 2005/0245515); lipoxygenase inhibitors (e.g., such as benzimidazole derivatives, as disclosed in WO 97/12615, 15-LO inhibitors, as disclosed in WO 97/12613, isothiazolones, as disclosed in WO 96/38144, and 15-LO inhibitors, as disclosed by Sendobry et al, "Attenuation of diet-induced
atherosclerosis in rabbits with a highly selective 15-lipoxygenase inhibitor lacking significant antioxidant properties", Brit. J. Pharmacology, 120: 1199-1206 (1997), and Cornicelli et al, "15-Lipoxygenase and its Inhibition: A Novel Therapeutic Target for Vascular Disease", Current Pharmaceutical Design, 5: 11-20 (1999)).
[00168] Preferred hypolipidemic agents are pravastatin, lovastatin, simvastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, atavastatin, and rosuvastatin.
[00169] Examples of suitable anti-hypertensive agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include beta adrenergic blockers, calcium channel blockers (L-type and T-type; e.g., diltiazem, verapamil, nifedipine, amlodipine and mybefradil), diuretics (e.g., chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, flumethiazide, hydroflumethiazide, bendroflumethiazide, methylchlorothiazide, trichloromethiazide, polythiazide, benzthiazide, ethacrynic acid tricrynafen, chlorthalidone, furosemide, musolimine, bumetanide, triamtrenene, amiloride, spironolactone), renin inhibitors (e.g., aliskiren), ACE inhibitors (e.g., captopril, zofenopril, fosinopril, enalapril, ceranopril, cilazopril, delapril, pentopril, quinapril, ramipril, lisinopril), AT-1 receptor antagonists (e.g., losartan, irbesartan, valsartan), ET receptor antagonists (e.g., sitaxsentan, atrsentan, and compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,612,359 and 6,043,265), Dual ET/AII antagonist (e.g., compounds disclosed in WO 00/01389), neutral endopeptidase (NEP) inhibitors, vasopeptidase inhibitors (dual NEP -ACE inhibitors) (e.g., omapatrilat and gemopatrilat), nitrates, central alpha agonists (e.g., clonidine), alphal blockers (e.g., prazosine), arterial vasodilators (e.g., minoxidil), sympatolytics (e.g., resperine), renin inhibitors (e.g., Aliskiren (Novartis)).
[00170] Examples of suitable anti-obesity agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include a cannabinoid receptor 1 antagonist or inverse agonist (e.g., rimonabant, (4S)-3-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-[(4- chlorophenyl)sulfonyl]-4,5-dihydro-N'-methyl-4-phenyl- lH-pyrazole- 1 - carboximidamide (SLV 319), CP-945598 (Pfizer), Surinabant (SR-147778, Sanofi- Aventis), N-[(l S,2S)-3-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-(3-cyanophenyl)-l-methylpropyl]-2- methyl-2- {[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]oxy}propanamide (Merck) and those discussed in Hertzog, D.L., Expert Opin. Ther. Patents, 14: 1435-1452 (2004)); a beta 3 adrenergic agonist (e.g., rafabegron (AJ9677, Takeda/Dainippon), N-[4-[2-[[(2S)-3- [(6-amino-3-pyridinyl)oxy]-2-hydroxypropyl]amino]ethyl]phenyl]-4-(l-methylethyl)- benzenesulfonamide (L750355, Merck), or CP331648 (Pfizer) or other known beta 3 agonists, as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,541,204, 5,770,615, 5,491,134, 5,776,983, and 5,488,064, with rafabegron, N-[4-[2-[[(2S)-3-[(6-amino-3-pyridinyl)oxy]-2- hydroxypropyl]amino]ethyl]phenyl]-4-(l-methylethyl)-benzenesulfonamide, and CP331648 being preferred); a lipase inhibitor (e.g., orlistat or cetilistat, with orlistat being preferred); a serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (e.g.,
sibutramine, Abbott and tesofensine, Neurosearch) with sibutramine being preferred; a dopamine reuptake inhibitor (e.g., buproprion, GSK); or 5-HT2c agonist, (e.g., lorcaserin hydrochloride (Arena), WAY-163909 [(7bR, 10aR)-l,2,3,4,8,9, 10, 10a- octahydro-7bH-cyclopenta-[b][l,4]diazepino[6,7, lhi]indole], with lorcaserin hydrochloride being preferred); 5-HT6 receptor antagonists (Suven, Biovitrum, Epix), anti-epileptics topiramate (Johnson & Johnson) and zonisamide, a ciliary
neurotrophic factor agonist (e.g., ΑΧΟΚΓΝΕ® (Regeneron)); brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), orexin antagonists, histamine receptor-3 (H3) modulators, melanin-concentrating hormone receptor (MCHR) antagonists (e.g., GSK-856464 (GlaxoSmithKline), T-0910792 (Amgen)); diacylglycerol
acyltransferase (DGAT) inhibitors (e.g., BAY-74-41 13 (Bayer), PF-046201 10, and LCQ908); acetyl- CoA carboxylase (ACC) inhibitors (e.g., N-(4-(4-(4- isopropoxyphenoxy)phenyl)but-3-yn-2-yl)acetamide (A-80040, Abbott), (R)- anthracen-9-yl(3 -(morpholine-4-carbonyl)- 1 ,4'-bipiperidin- 1 '-yl)methanone (CP- 640186, Pfizer)); SCD-1 inhibitors as described by Jiang et al, Diabetes, 53 (2004), (abs 653 -p); amylin receptor agonists (e.g., compounds disclosed in WO
2005/025504); thyroid receptor agonists (e.g., as set forth above); growth hormone secretagogue receptor (GHSR) antagonists (e.g., A-778193 (Abbott); leptin and leptin mimetics (e.g., OB-3 (Aegis/Albany Medical College); leptin analogs A- 100 and A- 200 (Amgen), CBT-001452 (Cambridge Biotechnology), ML-22952 (Millennium)), PYY receptor agonist (e.g., AC-162352 (Amylin), PYY-3-36 (Emishere), PYY(3- 36)NH2 (Unigene)); NPY-Y4 agonists (7TM Pharma WO 2005/089786(A2,A3)-l), NPY-5 antagonists (e.g., NPY5RA-972 (AstraZeneca), GW-594884A
(GlaxoSmithKline), J- 104870 (Banyu)); MTP/apoB secretion inhibitors (as set forth above), and/or an anorectic agent.
[00171] The anorectic agent which may be optionally employed in combination with compounds of the present invention include dexamphetamine, phentermine, phenylpropanolamine, or mazindol, with dexamphetamine being preferred.
[00172] Other compounds that can be used in combination with the compounds of the present invention include CCK receptor agonists (e.g., SR-27895B); galanin receptor antagonists; MCR-4 antagonists (e.g., N-acetyl-L-norleucyl-L-glutaminyl-L- histidyl-D-phenylalanyl-L-arginyl-D-tryptophyl-glycinamide, (HP-228)); urocortin mimetics, CRF antagonists, and CRF binding proteins (e.g., mifepristone (RU-486), urocortin). [00173] Further, the compounds of the present invention may be used in combination with HIV protease inhibitors, including but not limited to REYATAZ® and KALETRA®.
[00174] Examples of suitable memory enhancing agents, anti-dementia agents, or cognition promoting agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to ARICEPT®, razadyne, donepezil, rivastigmine, galantamine, memantine, tacrine, metrifonate, muscarine, xanomelline, deprenyl and physostigmine.
[00175] Examples of suitable anti-inflammatory agents for use in combination with the compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to, NSAIDS, prednisone, acetaminophen, aspirin, codeine, fentanyl, ibuprofen, indomethacin, ketorolac, morphine, naproxen, phenacetin, piroxicam, sufentanyl, sunlindac, interferon alpha, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, dexamethazone, flucatisone, betamethasone, hydrocortisone, beclomethasone, REMICADE®, ORENCIA®, and ENBREL®.
[00176] The aforementioned patents and patent applications are incorporated herein by reference.
[00177] The above other therapeutic agents, when employed in combination with the compounds of the present invention may be used, for example, in those amounts indicated in the Physicians ' Desk Reference, as in the patents set out above, or as otherwise determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
DOSAGE AND FORMULATION
[00178] The compounds of this disclosure can be administered in such oral dosage forms as tablets, capsules (each of which includes sustained release or timed release formulations), pills, powders, granules, elixirs, tinctures, suspensions, syrups, and emulsions. They may also be administered in intravenous (bolus or infusion), intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, or intramuscular form, all using dosage forms well known to those of ordinary skill in the pharmaceutical arts. They can be administered alone, but generally will be administered with a pharmaceutical carrier selected on the basis of the chosen route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice. [00179] The dosage regimen for the compounds of the present invention will, of course, vary depending upon known factors, such as the pharmacodynamic characteristics of the particular agent and its mode and route of administration; the species, age, sex, health, medical condition, and weight of the recipient; the nature and extent of the symptoms; the kind of concurrent treatment; the frequency of treatment; the route of administration, the renal and hepatic function of the patient, and the effect desired. A physician or veterinarian can determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required to prevent, counter, or arrest the progress of the disorder.
[00180] By way of general guidance, the daily oral dosage of each active ingredient, when used for the indicated effects, will range between about 0.001 to 1000 mg/kg of body weight, or between about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg of body weight per day, or alternatively, between about 1.0 to 20 mg/kg/day. Compounds of this invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three, or four times daily. In one embodiment, the daily oral dosage of the active ingredient is between 3 and 600 mg either administered once daily or in divided doses administered twice daily. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be administered in doses of 10-20 mg administered twice daily or 40 to 100 mg administered once daily. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be administered a dose of 12.5 mg twice a day or 75 mg once a day.
Alternatively, the active ingredient may be administered in doses of 3, 10, 30, 100, 300, and 600 mg administered either once or twice a day.
[00181] Compounds of this invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using transdermal skin patches. When administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
[00182] The compounds are typically administered in admixture with suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients, or carriers (collectively referred to herein as pharmaceutical carriers) suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration, that is, oral tablets, capsules, elixirs, syrups and the like, and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices. [00183] For instance, for oral administration in the form of a tablet or capsule, the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable, inert carrier such as lactose, starch, sucrose, glucose, methyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, mannitol, sorbitol and the like; for oral administration in liquid form, the oral drug components can be combined with any oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water, and the like. Moreover, when desired or necessary, suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents, and coloring agents can also be
incorporated into the mixture. Suitable binders include starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth, or sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, waxes, and the like. Lubricants used in these dosage forms include sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, and the like. Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, xanthan gum, and the like.
[00184] The compounds of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines.
[00185] Compounds of the present invention may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include
polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxyethylaspartamidephenol, or polyethyleneoxide-polylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacylates, and crosslinked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
[00186] Dosage forms (pharmaceutical compositions) suitable for administration may contain from about 1 milligram to about 100 milligrams of active ingredient per dosage unit. In these pharmaceutical compositions the active ingredient will ordinarily be present in an amount of about 0.5-95% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
[00187] Gelatin capsules may contain the active ingredient and powdered carriers, such as lactose, starch, cellulose derivatives, magnesium stearate, stearic acid, and the like. Similar diluents can be used to make compressed tablets. Both tablets and capsules can be manufactured as sustained release products to provide for continuous release of medication over a period of hours. Compressed tablets can be sugar coated or film coated to mask any unpleasant taste and protect the tablet from the atmosphere, or enteric coated for selective disintegration in the gastrointestinal tract.
[00188] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration can contain coloring and flavoring to increase patient acceptance.
[00189] In general, water, a suitable oil, saline, aqueous dextrose (glucose), and related sugar solutions and glycols such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycols are suitable carriers for parenteral solutions. Solutions for parenteral administration may contain a water soluble salt of the active ingredient, suitable stabilizing agents, and if necessary, buffer substances. Antioxidizing agents such as sodium bisulfite, sodium sulfite, or ascorbic acid, either alone or combined, are suitable stabilizing agents. Also used are citric acid and its salts and sodium EDTA. In addition, parenteral solutions can contain preservatives, such as benzalkonium chloride, methyl- or propyl-paraben, and chlorobutanol.
[00190] Suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in Remington 's
Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, a standard reference text in this field.
[00191] Representative useful pharmaceutical dosage-forms for administration of the compounds of this invention can be illustrated as follows:
Capsules
[00192] A large number of unit capsules can be prepared by filling standard two- piece hard gelatin capsules each with 100 milligrams of powdered active ingredient, 150 milligrams of lactose, 50 milligrams of cellulose, and 6 milligrams magnesium stearate. Soft Gelatin Capsules
[00193] A mixture of active ingredient in a digestible oil such as soybean oil, cottonseed oil or olive oil may be prepared and injected by means of a positive displacement pump into gelatin to form soft gelatin capsules containing 100 milligrams of the active ingredient. The capsules should be washed and dried.
Tablets
[00194] Tablets may be prepared by conventional procedures so that the dosage unit is 100 milligrams of active ingredient, 0.2 milligrams of colloidal silicon dioxide, 5 milligrams of magnesium stearate, 275 milligrams of microcrystalline cellulose, 1 1 milligrams of starch and 98.8 milligrams of lactose. Appropriate coatings may be applied to increase palatability or delay absorption.
Dispersion
[00195] A spray dried dispersion can be prepared for oral administration by methods know to one skilled in the art.
Injectable
[00196] A parenteral composition suitable for administration by injection may be prepared by stirring 1.5% by weight of active ingredient in 10% by volume propylene glycol and water. The solution should be made isotonic with sodium chloride and sterilized.
Suspension
[00197] An aqueous suspension can be prepared for oral administration so that each 5 mL contain 100 mg of finely divided active ingredient, 200 mg of sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, 5 mg of sodium benzoate, 1.0 g of sorbitol solution, U.S. P., and 0.025 mL of vanillin.
[00198] Where two or more of the foregoing second therapeutic agents are administered with the compound of the examples, generally the amount of each component in a typical daily dosage and typical dosage form may be reduced relative to the usual dosage of the agent when administered alone, in view of the additive or synergistic effect of the therapeutic agents when administered in combination.
[00199] Particularly when provided as a single dosage unit, the potential exists for a chemical interaction between the combined active ingredients. For this reason, when the compound of the examples and a second therapeutic agent are combined in a single dosage unit they are formulated such that although the active ingredients are combined in a single dosage unit, the physical contact between the active ingredients is minimized (that is, reduced). For example, one active ingredient may be enteric coated. By enteric coating one of the active ingredients, it is possible not only to minimize the contact between the combined active ingredients, but also, it is possible to control the release of one of these components in the gastrointestinal tract such that one of these components is not released in the stomach but rather is released in the intestines. One of the active ingredients may also be coated with a material which effects a sustained-release throughout the gastrointestinal tract and also serves to minimize physical contact between the combined active ingredients. Furthermore, the sustained-released component can be additionally enteric coated such that the release of this component occurs only in the intestine. Still another approach would involve the formulation of a combination product in which the one component is coated with a sustained and/or enteric release polymer, and the other component is also coated with a polymer such as a low viscosity grade of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) or other appropriate materials as known in the art, in order to further separate the active components. The polymer coating serves to form an additional barrier to interaction with the other component.
[00200] These as well as other ways of minimizing contact between the components of combination products of the present invention, whether administered in a single dosage form or administered in separate forms but at the same time by the same manner, will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, once armed with the present disclosure.
[00201] Additionally, certain compounds disclosed herein may be useful as metabolites of other compounds. Therefore, in one embodiment, compounds may be useful either as a substantially pure compound, which may also then be incorporated into a pharmaceutical composition, or may be useful as metabolite which is generated after administration of the prodrug of that compound. In one embodiment, a compound may be useful as a metabolite by being useful for treating disorders as described herein.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of formula I
Figure imgf000097_0001
I
or an e
Figure imgf000097_0002
m is 0, 1 or 2;
n is 0-3;
o is 0-4;
p is 0, 1 or 2;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-R!, -S(=0)2-NRlaR!, -C(=0)-Rh -0(=0)-0-¾, -C(=0)-NRlaR! or a 4- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - R18Ri9, -0(C=0)- (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -0(C=0)NRi8Ri9; -(C1-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl-C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6_ io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-Ce)- alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, -CONRi8Ri9 or - RisR^; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen, -OH, halo, or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R4 IS (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (d-Q -alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (C3-C12)-cycloalkyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - NRi8Ri9, -0(C=0)-(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -0(C=0)NRi8Ri9; -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl- C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci- C6)alkyloxy;
R5, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
or two Rs's are taken together with the atom or atoms to which both are attached to form a 3 - to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R20's; or two Rs's may be taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a (Ci-C6)-alkyl bridging group, which may optionally contain 1-4
heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; Ri8 and R 9, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
or Ri8 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
R20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONR28R29, - NR28R29, -0(0=0)-(θ!-06)-¾ 1, -0(C=0)NR28R29; -(d-Cy-alkylCOOH, -(d-C6)- alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONR28R29, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl- C02(C1-C6)-alkyl, -0-P(=0)(OH)2, -0-CRlaRla-P(=0)(OH)2, -P(=0)(OH)2, (C6_ io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - CONR28R29, -NR28R29, -O^OXd-Cy-alkyl, -0(C=0)NR28R29; -(d-d)- alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(d-d)- alkylCONR28R29, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl-C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R28 and R29, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl; or R28 and R29 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
2. The compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, or salt thereof, of claim 1, wherein the compound is a compound of formula la:
Figure imgf000100_0001
la.
3. The compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, or salt thereof, of claim 1, wherein:
R4 is a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein the heteroaryl, and heterocyclo are substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (d-Q -alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (C3-C12)-cycloalkyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8 i9, - NRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(d- C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl-C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy.
4. The compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, or salt thereof, of claim 1
Figure imgf000100_0002
m is 0, 1 or
n is 0-2;
0 is 0-3;
p is 0, 1 or : L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri, -C(=0)-Ri, -C(=0)-0-Ri, -C(=0)-NRiaRi or a 4- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci- C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - R18 i9, -0(C=0)-(Ci-C6)- alkyl, -0(C=0)NRi8Ri9; -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl-C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6_ io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C6)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)- alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, -CONRisRi9 or - RisR^; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen, -OH or halo;
R4 is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -
C02(C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, -S02(d-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci- C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - R18Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkylCONRi8 i9, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl-C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R5, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
or two Rs's are taken together with the atom or atoms to which both are attached to form a 3 - to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or
R20's;
Ri8 and Rig, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
or Ri8 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
R20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONR28R29, - NR28R29, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(d- C6)-alkylCONR28R29, -(d-C6)-alkyl-C02(d-C6)-alkyl, -0-P(=0)(OH)2, -O- CRiaRia-P(=0)(OH)2, -P(=0)(OH)2, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(d- C6)-alkyl, -C02(C1-C6)-alkyl, -CONR28R29, -NR28R29, -0(C=0)-(C1-C6)-alkyl, - 0(C=0)NR28R29; -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(d-C6)- alkyl(NH2)COOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONR28R29, -(Ci-C6)-alkyl-C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6_ io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R28 and R29, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-Cs)alkyl; or R28 and R29 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
5. The compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, or salt thereof, of claim 1
Figure imgf000103_0001
m is 0, 1 or 2;
n is 0-2;
0 is 0-2;
p is 0, 1 or 2;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri, -C(=0)-Ri, -C(=0)-0-Ri, -C(=0)-NRiaRi or a 4- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci- C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - R18Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci- C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy; Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C6)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-Ce)- alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, -CO Ris i9 or - RisR^; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen, -OH or halo;
Rt is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -COCd-^-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C3-C12)- cycloalkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - R18Ri9, -(Ci-C6)- alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(d-C6)alkyloxy;
R5, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
or two Rs's are taken together with the atom or atoms to which both are attached to form a 3 - to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or
R20's;
Ri8 and Rig, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
or Ri8 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's; R20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONR28R29, - NR28R29, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONR28R29, -O- P(=0)(OH)2, -0-CRlaRla-P(=0)(OH)2, -P(=0)(OH)2, (C6_10)aryl, a 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONR28R29, -NR28R29, -0(C=0)- (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -0(C=0)NR28R29; -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkylCONR28R29, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci- C6)alkyloxy;
R28 and R29, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl; or R28 and R29 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
6. The compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, or salt thereof, of claim 1, wherein:
Figure imgf000105_0001
m is 0, 1 or 2;
n is 0-2;
o is 0-1;
p is 0, 1 or 2;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-; W is -S(=0)2-Ri, -C(=0)-Ri, -C(=0)-0-Ri, -C(=0)-NRiaRi or a 4- to 10- membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -CONRi8Ri9, - R18R19, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCONRi8Ri9, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C5)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)- alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano or - RisRw; wherein any alkyl, may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NR18R19, - (Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen, -OH or halo;
R4 is (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)- alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(d-C6)-alkyl, - C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NR18R19, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R5, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
Ri8 and R 9, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
or Ri8 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S and be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
R20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NR28R29, - (C1-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(d-Q -alkylOH, -0-P(=0)(OH)2, -0-CRlaRla-P(=0)(OH)2, - P(=0)(OH)2, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (d-d)- alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C1-C6)-alkyl, -NR28R29, -0(C=0)-(d-C6)-alkyl, -(d-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(d- C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci- C6)alkyloxy;
R28 and R29, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl; or R28 and R29 are taken together with the nitrogen to which both are attached to form a 3- to 8-membered ring, which may optionally contain 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
7. The compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, or salt thereof, of 1
Figure imgf000108_0001
m is 0, 1 or 2;
n is 0-2;
o is 0;
p is 0, 1 or 2;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri, -C(=0)-Ri, -C(=0)-0-Ri, or -C(=0)-NRiaRi;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl or (C6-io)aryl; wherein the alkyl and aryl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, - CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - R18Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)- alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano or - RisR^; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)- alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C6)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen or halo;
R4 IS (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)- alkyl, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, (Ci-Ce)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - R18Ri9, - (Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ri8 and R19, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
R20 is halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (d-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NR28R29, - (Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkynyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(d- C6)-alkyl, -C02(C1-C6)-alkyl, -NR28R29, -O^OMd-Cy-alkyl, -(d-C6)- alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R28 and R2g, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl.
8. The compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, or salt thereof, of claim 1, wherein:
Figure imgf000109_0001
m is 0, 1 or 2;
n is 0-2; o is 0;
p is 0, 1 or 2;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri, -C(=0)-Ri or -C(=0)-0-Ri;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl; wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - R18Ri9, -(Ci- C6)-alkylCOOH, -(C1-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-Ce)- alkyloxy, cyano or - RisR^; wherein any alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-Ce)- alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NRi8Ri9, -(Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6_i0)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclo, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen or halo;
R4 IS -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, -S02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C6_ io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, (C1-C6)- alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -CO(d-C6)-alkyl, -C02(d-C6)-alkyl, - R18Ri9, - (Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from , O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
Ri8 and R19, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl, wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more R2o's;
R20 is halo, -OH, (C1-C6)-alkyl, (C1-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -
CO(C1-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NR28R29, -(C1-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(d-C6)- alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; or a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; wherein any alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclo may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, (Ci-C6)-alkyloxy, cyano, nitro, - COOH, -CO(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, -NR28R29, -0(C=0)-(Ci-C6)-alkyl, - (Ci-C6)-alkylCOOH, -(Ci-C6)-alkylOH, (C6-io)aryl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclo, which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci- C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy;
R28 and R2g, at each occurrence, are independently hydrogen or (Ci-C8)alkyl.
9. The compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, or salt thereof, of claim 1, wherein:
Figure imgf000111_0001
m is 1 ;
n is 0-2;
0 is 0;
p is 1 ;
L is a bond, or -CRiaRia-;
W is -S(=0)2-Ri ;
Ri is (Ci-C6)-alkyl; wherein the alkyl may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: F, CI, -OH, (Ci-C6)-alkyl, -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl or phenyl; Ria, at each occurrence, is independently hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl;
R2, at each occurrence, is independently H, CI, F, -OH or (Ci-C6)-alkyl; R3 is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)-alkyl;
R3' is hydrogen; and
R4 is -C02(Ci-C6)-alkyl, pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl, which is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halo, -OH, (Ci-Ce)- alkyl, (C3-Ci2)-cycloalkyl, phenyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, which contains 1- 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; halo(Ci-C6)alkyl, and halo(Ci-C6)alkyloxy.
10. The compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, or salt thereof, of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from one of the examples.
11. A pharmaceutical composition comprised of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer or salt thereof, of any one of claims 1-10, and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
12. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 11, further comprising a therapeutically effective amount of one or more other therapeutically active agents.
13. A method of modulating the activity of the GPR1 19 G protein-coupled receptor comprising administering to a mammalian patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer or salt thereof, of any one of claims 1-10, and optionally an additional therapeutic agent.
14. A method for preventing, inhibiting, or treating the progression or onset of diseases or disorders associated with the activity of the GPR119 G protein- coupled receptor comprising administering to a mammalian patient in need of prevention, inhibition, or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer or salt thereof, of any one of claims 1- 10, and optionally an additional therapeutic agent wherein:
- I l l - (a) the diseases or disorders are selected from the group consisting of diabetes, hyperglycemia, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance,
hyperinsulinemia, retinopathy, neuropathy, nephropathy, delayed wound healing, atherosclerosis and its sequelae, abnormal heart function, myocardial ischemia, stroke, Metabolic Syndrome, hypertension, obesity, dislipidemia, dyslipidemia, hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, low HDL, high LDL, non-cardiac ischemia, vascular restenosis, pancreatitis, neurodegenerative disease, lipid disorders, cognitive impairment and dementia, bone disease, HIV protease associated lipodystrophy and glaucoma; and
(b) the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of anti-diabetic agents, anti-hyperglycemic agents, anti-hyperinsulinemic agents, anti- retinopathic agents, anti-neuropathic agents, anti-nephropathic agents, anti- atherosclerotic agents, anti-ischemic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-obesity agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, anti-hyperlipidemic agents, anti-hypertriglyceridemic agents, anti-hypercholesterolemic agents, anti- restenotic agents, anti-pancreatic agents, lipid lowering agents, appetite suppressants, treatments for heart failure, and treatments for peripheral arterial disease and antiinflammatory agents.
15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer or salt thereof, of any one of claims 1-10, and a therapeutically effective amount of a dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DPP4) inhibitor.
PCT/US2011/035087 2010-05-06 2011-05-04 Benzofuranyl analogues as gpr119 modulators WO2011140161A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP11720257.2A EP2566862B1 (en) 2010-05-06 2011-05-04 Benzofuranyl analogues as gpr119 modulators
US13/696,131 US8729084B2 (en) 2010-05-06 2011-05-04 Benzofuranyl analogues as GPR119 modulators

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US33185210P 2010-05-06 2010-05-06
US61/331,852 2010-05-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011140161A1 true WO2011140161A1 (en) 2011-11-10

Family

ID=44166466

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2011/035087 WO2011140161A1 (en) 2010-05-06 2011-05-04 Benzofuranyl analogues as gpr119 modulators

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (1) US8729084B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2566862B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2011140161A1 (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012080476A1 (en) * 2010-12-17 2012-06-21 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Fused dihydropyrans as gpr119 modulators for the treatment of diabetes, obesity and related diseases
WO2012098217A1 (en) * 2011-01-21 2012-07-26 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Fused dihydrofurans as gpr119 modulators for the treatment of diabetes, obesity and related disorders
WO2012170867A1 (en) 2011-06-09 2012-12-13 Rhizen Pharmaceuticals Sa Novel compounds as modulators of gpr-119
WO2013083775A1 (en) * 2011-12-09 2013-06-13 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh New compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
WO2013127828A1 (en) * 2012-02-28 2013-09-06 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Furo [2, 3 -c] pyridines actives on gpr 119
WO2013167514A1 (en) * 2012-05-07 2013-11-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh New 2,3-dihydro-furo[2,3-c]pyridines, their use as modulators of the g-protein-coupled receptor gpr119 and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them
WO2013186109A1 (en) * 2012-06-12 2013-12-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh 2,3-dihydro-furo[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl-piperidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and uses thereof
WO2014011926A1 (en) 2012-07-11 2014-01-16 Elcelyx Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions comprising statins, biguanides and further agents for reducing cardiometabolic risk
US11279702B2 (en) 2020-05-19 2022-03-22 Kallyope, Inc. AMPK activators
US11407768B2 (en) 2020-06-26 2022-08-09 Kallyope, Inc. AMPK activators

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116903563A (en) * 2022-04-18 2023-10-20 北京昌平实验室 GPCR modulators and uses thereof

Citations (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5488064A (en) 1994-05-02 1996-01-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Benzo 1,3 dioxole derivatives
US5491134A (en) 1994-09-16 1996-02-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Sulfonic, phosphonic or phosphiniic acid β3 agonist derivatives
US5541204A (en) 1994-12-02 1996-07-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Aryloxypropanolamine β 3 adrenergic agonists
WO1996038144A1 (en) 1995-05-31 1996-12-05 Warner-Lambert Company Isothiazolones
US5612359A (en) 1994-08-26 1997-03-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted biphenyl isoxazole sulfonamides
WO1997012615A1 (en) 1995-10-05 1997-04-10 Warner-Lambert Company Benzimidazole derivatives as 15-lo inhibitors
US5770615A (en) 1996-04-04 1998-06-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Catecholamine surrogates useful as β3 agonists
US5776983A (en) 1993-12-21 1998-07-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Catecholamine surrogates useful as β3 agonists
WO1999026659A1 (en) 1997-11-21 1999-06-03 Pfizer Products Inc. Combination of an aldose reductase inhibitor and a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor
WO2000001389A1 (en) 1998-07-06 2000-01-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Biphenyl sulfonamides as dual angiotensin endothelin receptor antagonists
US6043265A (en) 1997-01-30 2000-03-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Isoxazolyl endothelin antagonists
EP1338651A1 (en) 2000-12-01 2003-08-27 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Method of screening remedy for diabetes
US20030181420A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-09-25 Bayne Christopher D. Modulators of LXR
WO2004065380A1 (en) 2003-01-14 2004-08-05 Arena Pharmaceuticals Inc. 1,2,3-trisubstituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prpphylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto such as diabetes and hyperglycemia
WO2004076413A2 (en) 2003-02-24 2004-09-10 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phenyl- and pyridylpiperidine-derivatives as modulators of glucose metabolism
WO2005007647A1 (en) 2003-07-11 2005-01-27 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trisubstituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2005007658A2 (en) 2003-07-14 2005-01-27 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fused-aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2005025504A2 (en) 2003-09-12 2005-03-24 Kemia, Inc. Modulators of calcitonin and amylin activity
US20050080111A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2005-04-14 X-Ceptor Therapeutics, Inc. Modulators of LXR
WO2005089786A2 (en) 2004-03-17 2005-09-29 7Tm Pharma A/S Y4 selective receptor agonists for therapeutic interventions
US20050245515A1 (en) 2004-05-03 2005-11-03 Henrietta Dehmlow Indolyl derivatives as liver-X-receptor (LXR) modulators
WO2005121121A2 (en) 2004-06-04 2005-12-22 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2006083491A2 (en) 2005-01-10 2006-08-10 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted pyridinyl and pyrimidinyl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2007003961A2 (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-01-11 Prosidion Limited Gpcr agonists
WO2008137436A1 (en) 2007-05-04 2008-11-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [6,5]-bicyclic gpr119 g protein-coupled receptor agonists
WO2008137435A1 (en) 2007-05-04 2008-11-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [6,6] and [6,7]-bicyclic gpr119 g protein-coupled receptor agonists
WO2009012277A1 (en) 2007-07-17 2009-01-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Method for modulating gpr119 g protein-coupled receptor and selected compounds
WO2010009183A1 (en) 2008-07-16 2010-01-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyridone and pyridazone analogues as gpr119 modulators

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE19932314A1 (en) 1999-07-10 2001-01-11 Merck Patent Gmbh Benzofuran derivatives
US7452911B2 (en) 2002-10-31 2008-11-18 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Alkyne compounds with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
WO2006044133A1 (en) 2004-09-24 2006-04-27 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Active ketone inhibitors of tryptase
EP2110374A1 (en) 2008-04-18 2009-10-21 Merck Sante Benzofurane, benzothiophene, benzothiazol derivatives as FXR modulators

Patent Citations (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5776983A (en) 1993-12-21 1998-07-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Catecholamine surrogates useful as β3 agonists
US5488064A (en) 1994-05-02 1996-01-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Benzo 1,3 dioxole derivatives
US5612359A (en) 1994-08-26 1997-03-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted biphenyl isoxazole sulfonamides
US5491134A (en) 1994-09-16 1996-02-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Sulfonic, phosphonic or phosphiniic acid β3 agonist derivatives
US5541204A (en) 1994-12-02 1996-07-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Aryloxypropanolamine β 3 adrenergic agonists
WO1996038144A1 (en) 1995-05-31 1996-12-05 Warner-Lambert Company Isothiazolones
WO1997012613A1 (en) 1995-10-05 1997-04-10 Warner-Lambert Company Method for treating and preventing inflammation and atherosclerosis
WO1997012615A1 (en) 1995-10-05 1997-04-10 Warner-Lambert Company Benzimidazole derivatives as 15-lo inhibitors
US5770615A (en) 1996-04-04 1998-06-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Catecholamine surrogates useful as β3 agonists
US6043265A (en) 1997-01-30 2000-03-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Isoxazolyl endothelin antagonists
WO1999026659A1 (en) 1997-11-21 1999-06-03 Pfizer Products Inc. Combination of an aldose reductase inhibitor and a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor
WO2000001389A1 (en) 1998-07-06 2000-01-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Biphenyl sulfonamides as dual angiotensin endothelin receptor antagonists
EP1338651A1 (en) 2000-12-01 2003-08-27 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Method of screening remedy for diabetes
US20050080111A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2005-04-14 X-Ceptor Therapeutics, Inc. Modulators of LXR
US20030181420A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-09-25 Bayne Christopher D. Modulators of LXR
WO2004065380A1 (en) 2003-01-14 2004-08-05 Arena Pharmaceuticals Inc. 1,2,3-trisubstituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prpphylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto such as diabetes and hyperglycemia
WO2004076413A2 (en) 2003-02-24 2004-09-10 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phenyl- and pyridylpiperidine-derivatives as modulators of glucose metabolism
WO2005007647A1 (en) 2003-07-11 2005-01-27 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trisubstituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2005007658A2 (en) 2003-07-14 2005-01-27 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fused-aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2005025504A2 (en) 2003-09-12 2005-03-24 Kemia, Inc. Modulators of calcitonin and amylin activity
WO2005089786A2 (en) 2004-03-17 2005-09-29 7Tm Pharma A/S Y4 selective receptor agonists for therapeutic interventions
US20050245515A1 (en) 2004-05-03 2005-11-03 Henrietta Dehmlow Indolyl derivatives as liver-X-receptor (LXR) modulators
WO2005121121A2 (en) 2004-06-04 2005-12-22 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2006083491A2 (en) 2005-01-10 2006-08-10 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted pyridinyl and pyrimidinyl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2007003961A2 (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-01-11 Prosidion Limited Gpcr agonists
WO2008137436A1 (en) 2007-05-04 2008-11-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [6,5]-bicyclic gpr119 g protein-coupled receptor agonists
WO2008137435A1 (en) 2007-05-04 2008-11-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company [6,6] and [6,7]-bicyclic gpr119 g protein-coupled receptor agonists
WO2009012277A1 (en) 2007-07-17 2009-01-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Method for modulating gpr119 g protein-coupled receptor and selected compounds
WO2009012275A1 (en) 2007-07-17 2009-01-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyridone gpr119 g protein-coupled receptor agonists
WO2010009183A1 (en) 2008-07-16 2010-01-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyridone and pyridazone analogues as gpr119 modulators

Non-Patent Citations (34)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Design ofProdrugs", 1985, ELSEVIER
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 1985, MACK PUBLISHING COMPANY, pages: 1418
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", MACK PUBLISHING COMPANY
AHREN, B.: "Autonomic regulation of islet hormone secretion - Implications for health and disease", DIABETOLOGIA, vol. 43, 2003, pages 393 - 410
ARBEENY ET AL., CURR. MED. CHEM. - IMM., ENDOC. & METAB. AGENTS, vol. 1, 2001, pages 1 - 24
BRANCATI, F.L. ET AL., ARCH. INTERN. MED., vol. 159, 1999, pages 957 - 963
BUNDGAARD, H. ET AL.: "A Textbook of Drug Design and Development", 1991, HARWOOD ACADEMIC PUBLISHERS, article "Design and Application of Prodrugs", pages: 113 - 191
BUTLER, A.E. ET AL.: "?-cell deficit and increased ?-cell apoptosis in humans with type 2 diabetes", DIABETES, vol. 52, 2003, pages 102 - 110
CHU, Z.L. ET AL.: "A role for 0-cell-expressed GPR119 in glycemic control by enhancing glucose-dependent insulin release", ENDOCRINOLOGY, 2007, pages 2006 - 1608
CHU, Z.L. ET AL.: "A role for P-cell-expressed GPR119 in glycemic control by enhancing glucose-dependent insulin release", ENDOCRINOLOGY, 2007, pages 2006 - 1608
COMICELLI ET AL.: "15-Lipoxygenase and its Inhibition: A Novel Therapeutic Target for Vascular Disease", CURRENT PHARMACEUTICAL DESIGN, vol. 5, 1999, pages 11 - 20
DRUGS OF THE FUTURE, vol. 24, 1999, pages 425 - 430
FORD ET AL., J. AM. MED. ASSOC., vol. 287, 2002, pages 356 - 359
FREDRICKSSON, R. ET AL.: "Seven evolutionarily conserved human rhodopsin G protein-coupled receptors lacking close relatives", FEBSLETT., vol. 554, 2003, pages 381 - 388
HERTZOG, D.L., EXPERT OPIN. THER. PATENTS, vol. 14, 2004, pages 1435 - 1452
HILL, J.O. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 280, 1998, pages 1371 - 1374
J. MED. CHEM., vol. 47, 2004, pages 5821
J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 74, no. 14, 2009, pages 5075 - 5078
JIANG ET AL., DIABETES, 2004, pages 53
JONES ET AL.: "GPR119 agonists for the treatment of type 2 diabetes", EXPERT OPIN. THER. PATENTS, vol. 19, no. 10, 1 October 2009 (2009-10-01), pages 1339 - 1359, XP002631290, ISSN: 1354-3776, DOI: 10.1517/13543770903153878 *
LE STUNFF ET AL., DIABETES, vol. 43, 1989, pages 696 - 702
MIYAURA, N. ET AL., CHEM. REV., 1995, pages 2457
OVERTON, H.A. ET AL.: "Deorphanization of a G protein-coupled receptor for oleoylethanolamide and its use in the discovery of small-molecule hypophagic agents", CELL METABOLISM, vol. 3, 2006, pages 167 - 175
PEDERSON, P., DIAB. METAB. REV., vol. 5, 1989, pages 505 - 509
PERRY, I.J. ET AL., BMJ, vol. 310, 1995, pages 560 - 564
PRENTKI, M. ET AL.: "Islet failure in type 2 diabetes", J. CLIN. INVEST., vol. 116, 2006, pages 1802 - 1812
SENDOBRY ET AL.: "Attenuation of diet-induced atherosclerosis in rabbits with a highly selective 15-lipoxygenase inhibitor lacking significant antioxidant properties", BRIT. J. PHARMACOLOGY, vol. 120, 1997, pages 1199 - 1206
SOGA, T. ET AL.: "Lysophosphatidylcholine enhances glucose-dependent insulin secretion via an orphan G-protein-coupled receptor", BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMM., vol. 326, 2005, pages 744 - 751
TESTA, B. ET AL.: "Hydrolysis in Drug and Prodrug Metabolism", 2003, WILEY-VCH
TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 47, 2006, pages 3629
WERMUTH, C.G. ET AL.: "The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry", 1996, ACADEMIC PRESS
WU ET AL.: "2,5-Disubstituted pyridines as potent GPR119 agonists", BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT., vol. 20, no. 8, 15 April 2010 (2010-04-15), pages 2577 - 2581, XP002608661, ISSN: 0960-894X, [retrieved on 20100225], DOI: 10.1016/J.BMCL.2010.02.083 *
YIN, L. ET AL., CHEM. REV., vol. 107, no. 1, 2007, pages 133 - 173
YOUNG, S.D. ET AL., ANTIMICROBIAL AGENTS AND CHEMOTHERAPY, 1995, pages 2602 - 2605

Cited By (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013545791A (en) * 2010-12-17 2013-12-26 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Condensed dihydropyrans as GPR119 modulators for the treatment of diabetes, obesity and related diseases
US8669271B2 (en) 2010-12-17 2014-03-11 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
WO2012080476A1 (en) * 2010-12-17 2012-06-21 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Fused dihydropyrans as gpr119 modulators for the treatment of diabetes, obesity and related diseases
WO2012098217A1 (en) * 2011-01-21 2012-07-26 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Fused dihydrofurans as gpr119 modulators for the treatment of diabetes, obesity and related disorders
US8778926B2 (en) 2011-01-21 2014-07-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
JP2014502988A (en) * 2011-01-21 2014-02-06 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Condensed dihydrofurans as GPR119 modulators for the treatment of diabetes, obesity and related disorders
WO2012170867A1 (en) 2011-06-09 2012-12-13 Rhizen Pharmaceuticals Sa Novel compounds as modulators of gpr-119
WO2013083775A1 (en) * 2011-12-09 2013-06-13 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh New compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
US8853239B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2014-10-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
JP2015500267A (en) * 2011-12-09 2015-01-05 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Novel compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
JP2015508795A (en) * 2012-02-28 2015-03-23 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Furo [2,3-C] pyridine active substance against GPR119
US9012456B2 (en) 2012-02-28 2015-04-21 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
WO2013127828A1 (en) * 2012-02-28 2013-09-06 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Furo [2, 3 -c] pyridines actives on gpr 119
WO2013167514A1 (en) * 2012-05-07 2013-11-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh New 2,3-dihydro-furo[2,3-c]pyridines, their use as modulators of the g-protein-coupled receptor gpr119 and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them
US8809361B2 (en) 2012-05-07 2014-08-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh 2,3-dihydrofuro[2,3-c]pyridines, their use as modulators of the G-protein-coupled receptor GPR119 and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
JP2015516001A (en) * 2012-05-07 2015-06-04 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Novel 2,3-dihydro-furo [2,3-c] pyridines, their use as modulators of G protein-coupled receptor GPR119, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US8975277B2 (en) 2012-06-12 2015-03-10 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh 2,3-dihydrofuro[2,3-c]pyridin-2-ylpiperidine derivatives
WO2013186109A1 (en) * 2012-06-12 2013-12-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh 2,3-dihydro-furo[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl-piperidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and uses thereof
JP2015519379A (en) * 2012-06-12 2015-07-09 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング 2,3-Dihydro-furo [2,3-c] pyridin-2-yl-piperidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and uses thereof
WO2014011926A1 (en) 2012-07-11 2014-01-16 Elcelyx Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions comprising statins, biguanides and further agents for reducing cardiometabolic risk
US11279702B2 (en) 2020-05-19 2022-03-22 Kallyope, Inc. AMPK activators
US11851429B2 (en) 2020-05-19 2023-12-26 Kallyope, Inc. AMPK activators
US11407768B2 (en) 2020-06-26 2022-08-09 Kallyope, Inc. AMPK activators

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20130059858A1 (en) 2013-03-07
US8729084B2 (en) 2014-05-20
EP2566862B1 (en) 2015-09-16
EP2566862A1 (en) 2013-03-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2566862B1 (en) Benzofuranyl analogues as gpr119 modulators
EP2313395B1 (en) Pyridone and pyridazone analogues as gpr119 modulators
EP2173737B1 (en) Method for modulating gpr119 g protein-coupled receptor and selected compounds
US8513265B2 (en) [6,6] and [6,7]-bicyclic GPR119 G protein-coupled receptor agonists
EP2566860B1 (en) Bicyclic heteroaryl compounds as gpr119 modulators
EP2850073B1 (en) Pyrimidinylpiperidinyloxypyridone analogues as gpr119 modulators
WO2015061272A1 (en) Isotopically labeled triazolopyridine 11-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type i inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11720257

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 13696131

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011720257

Country of ref document: EP